summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/19743-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '19743-h')
-rw-r--r--19743-h/19743-h.htm8554
-rw-r--r--19743-h/images/image_01.jpgbin0 -> 16842 bytes
2 files changed, 8554 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/19743-h/19743-h.htm b/19743-h/19743-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94d6e37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19743-h/19743-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,8554 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+ <head>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+ <title>
+ The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Outdoor Chums at Cabin Point, by Captain Quincy Allen
+ </title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */
+<!--
+ p { margin-top: .75em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ margin-bottom: .75em;
+ }
+ h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+ text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+ clear: both;
+ }
+ hr { width: 33%;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ clear: both;
+ }
+ .hr1 { width: 65%;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ clear: both;
+ }
+ a[name] { position:absolute; }
+ a:link {color:#0000ff; background-color:#FFFFFF;
+ text-decoration:none; }
+ a:visited {color:#0000ff; background-color:#FFFFFF;
+ text-decoration:none; }
+ a:hover { color:#ff0000; background-color:#FFFFFF; }
+
+ table { width:80%; padding: 1em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+
+ .tocch { text-align: right; vertical-align: top;}
+ .tocpg {text-align: right; vertical-align: bottom;}
+ ul { list-style-type: none; margin-left:10em; }
+ li { padding-bottom:0.25em; padding-top:0.25em; }
+ .f1 { font-size:smaller; }
+
+ body{margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ }
+
+ .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+ /* visibility: hidden; */
+ position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: smaller;
+ text-align: right;
+ font-style:normal;
+ } /* page numbers */
+
+
+ .center {text-align: center;}
+ .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+ .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;}
+
+ // -->
+ /* XML end ]]>*/
+ </style>
+ </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's The Outdoor Chums at Cabin Point, by Quincy Allen
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Outdoor Chums at Cabin Point
+ or The Golden Cup Mystery
+
+Author: Quincy Allen
+
+Release Date: November 9, 2006 [EBook #19743]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE OUTDOOR CHUMS AT CABIN POINT ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Sankar Viswanathan, and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+<h1>THE OUTDOOR CHUMS<br />
+
+AT CABIN POINT</h1>
+
+<h3>OR</h3>
+
+<h1>The Golden Cup Mystery</h1>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<h3>BY</h3>
+
+<h2>CAPTAIN QUINCY ALLEN</h2>
+
+<h4>AUTHOR OF "THE OUTDOOR CHUMS," "THE OUTDOOR<br />
+CHUMS IN THE BIG WOODS," ETC.
+</h4>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p class="center"><img src="images/image_01.jpg" alt="Seal" width="250" height="138" /></p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<h4><i>The</i></h4>
+<h2>GOLDSMITH</h2>
+<h3>Publishing Co.</h3>
+<h3>CLEVELAND OHIO</h3>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+
+<p class="center f1"><span class="smcap">Copyright</span>, 1916, BY<br />
+
+GROSSET &amp; DUNLAP
+</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_iii" id="Page_iii">[iii]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+
+<table summary="Contents">
+<tr><td class="tocch f1">CHAPTER</td>
+ <td></td>
+ <td></td><td class="tocpg f1">PAGE</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">I</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_I">On the Way to Camp</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">II</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_II">A Cool Customer</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_11">11</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">III</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_III">Taking Possession</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_21">21</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">IV</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">As Busy as Beavers</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_31">31</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">V</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_V">A Call for Help</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_43">43</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">VI</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">The Home of the Osprey</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_51">51</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">VII</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">The Chained Door</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_61">61</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">VIII</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">When the Flashlight Trap Worked</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_71">71</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">IX</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">The Foraging Party</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_81">81</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">X</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_X">Trespassers</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_91">91</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">XI</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XI">In the Big Timber</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_101">101</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">XII</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XII">Caught in the Storm</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_111">111</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">XIII</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII">Taking a Bee-Line for Camp</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_121">121</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">XIV</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV">The Return of the Voyagers</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_131">131</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">XV</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XV">Days of Real Sport</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_141">141</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">XVI</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVI">Showing Bluff and Jerry</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_151">151</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">XVII</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVII">The Warning</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_161">161</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">XVIII</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVIII">The Accusation</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_171">171</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">XIX</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIX">Repaying His Debt</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_184">184</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">XX</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XX">Groping in the Dark</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_193">193</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">XXI</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXI">An Unexpected Appeal</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_201">201</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">XXII</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXII">First Aid to the Injured</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_211">211</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">XXIII</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXIII">A Light in the Window</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_221">221</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">XXIV</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXIV">The Mystery Solved</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_229">229</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tocch">XXV</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td><span class="smcap"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXV">Conclusion</a></span></td>
+<td class="tocpg"><a href="#Page_236">236</a></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>THE OUTDOOR CHUMS AT<br />
+CABIN POINT</h2>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[1]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I"></a>CHAPTER I</h2>
+
+<h3>ON THE WAY TO CAMP</h3>
+
+
+<p>"We're going into the woods light this time,
+it seems, boys."</p>
+
+<p>"Remember, Bluff, we sent along most of our
+stuff, such as blankets and grub, as also the cooking
+outfit, in charge of old Anthony, the stage
+driver."</p>
+
+<p>"That's a fact, Will, and he was to leave it at
+the abandoned mine shaft, from which point we
+expect to make pack horses of ourselves."</p>
+
+<p>"True for you, Jerry! And unless Frank here
+has made a mistake in his reckoning we're due
+to reach that hole in the ground before another
+hour."</p>
+
+<p>"How about that, Frank?"</p>
+
+<p>"We'll fetch up there in less time than that
+I reckon, fellows. To tell you the truth, it can't
+be more than a mile away from here."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[2]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Bully for that! And after we get over the
+peak of this rocky ridge we ought to be on the
+down-grade most of the way."</p>
+
+<p>When Jerry Wallington gave expression to
+his gratitude after this fashion, two of his companions
+waved their hats as though he voiced
+their sentiments. One of these boys was Will
+Milton, and while he did not seem to be quite as
+vigorous as his chums, still his active life during
+the last two years had done much to build up
+his strength. As for Bluff Masters, any one
+could see from his looks that he had a constitution
+of iron, while his face told of determination
+bordering on obstinacy. The fourth member of
+the little party tramping along this road leading
+over the ridge was Frank Langdon. He was
+a boy of many parts, able to take the lead in
+most matters, and looked up to by his comrades.</p>
+
+<p>All of them lived in the town of Centerville,
+where, on account of their love for the open and
+for camp life, they had become known as the
+"Outdoor Chums." Fortune had indeed been
+kind to these four boys, and allowed them to
+enjoy opportunities for real sport that come the
+way of few lads.</p>
+
+<p>They had first called themselves the "Rod,
+Gun and Camera Club," because their activities<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[3]</a></span>
+in the woods partook of the nature of these several
+branches of sport. Will was an ardent photographer,
+and his work had received high praise.
+Indeed, it was only recently that he had captured
+a cash prize offered by a prominent newspaper
+for the best collection of flashlight pictures of
+wild animals in their native haunts.</p>
+
+<p>This had been accomplished only after the
+most persistent and laborious efforts. It was
+carried out during a delightful trip, taken by
+the boys to the Maine country, where they met
+with some exceedingly interesting adventures, all
+of which were set down in the seventh volume of
+this series, under the title of "The Outdoor
+Chums in the Big Woods; Or, The Rival Hunters
+of Lumber Run."</p>
+
+<p>Those readers who have followed the fortunes
+of Frank and his three wide-awake comrades
+in previous stories have of course come
+to look on them as old friends, and need no
+further introduction. As there may be some,
+however, who are now making their acquaintance
+for the first time it may be well to mention a
+few things connected with their past, as well as
+to explain why they were now bound for a new
+camping ground in a region they had never before
+visited.</p>
+
+<p>Naturally, they knew every foot of country<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[4]</a></span>
+for many miles around Centerville. They had
+roamed over Oak Ridge and the Sunset Mountains,
+camped on Wildcat Island, situated in
+Camelot Lake, and scoured the region roundabout.</p>
+
+<p>More than this, wonderful opportunities had
+come to these boys to visit distant parts of the
+States. On one occasion they had taken a trip
+South, going to the Gulf of Mexico. Another
+time it had been a visit to the Rocky Mountains
+where they hunted big game. Then, on a houseboat
+belonging to an eccentric uncle of Will's,
+they voyaged down the great Mississippi River
+to New Orleans, meeting with numerous adventures
+on the way.</p>
+
+<p>When they returned home after their first year
+at college, of course the regular question came
+up immediately: "Where shall we go for the
+next outing? because we must get into the woods
+somehow, and live close to Nature for a spell, to
+fish, and take pictures, and just forget all our
+troubles."</p>
+
+<p>Many ideas were suggested, but it remained
+for Bluff Masters to bring up the most catching
+plan. By some means he had heard of a place
+a good many miles away from their home town
+where the big lake lay for many miles between
+the hills.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Here he had been told by one who knew that
+they would be apt to find the seclusion they
+sought, since few people lived in that section of
+country. Small game was plentiful enough to
+give Will all the fun he wanted in laying his
+traps, in order that raccoons and opossums and
+foxes might be coaxed to snap off their own
+pictures.</p>
+
+<p>Fishing ought to be good in the waters of the
+inland sea, and all of them professed to be ardent
+disciples of the hook and line. In fact, Bluff
+laid out such an alluring programme that he
+actually carried the others by storm.</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly, preparations were made to go
+to the distant lake. Frank, as was his habit, did
+everything in his power to pick up information
+concerning the lay of the land. He even made
+up a sort of map, based on what he was able
+to learn, although frankly admitting that it might
+prove faulty in many places. It was going to be
+one of his personal tasks to rectify these mistakes,
+and bring back an accurate chart of the
+whole district.</p>
+
+<p>Besides being an ardent photographer, Will
+had taken up the study of medicine, as he anticipated
+some day being a physician. The boys
+were in the habit of calling him "Doctor Will" at
+times; and whenever there arose an occasion that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span>
+called for his aid he was only too willing to
+apply his knowledge of the healing art.</p>
+
+<p>Bluff Masters had perhaps been well named by
+his boy friends for he was not only a frank sort
+of boy, but there were many times when just
+out of a desire to tease he would try to "bluff"
+those with whom he chanced to be arguing.</p>
+
+<p>At the same time Bluff was a hearty boy, with
+plenty of good nature, and was a favorite with
+his companions. He and Jerry were both apt
+to be a little boisterous, and to express their dislikes
+rather forcibly, but the others knew their
+little failings and paid small attention to them
+as a rule.</p>
+
+<p>As they mentioned in their chatter while they
+tramped along the rough up-hill road, they had
+found a chance to send most of their camp outfit
+ahead of them by the stage. It was to be left at
+the shaft of the old abandoned mine, which they
+had heard so much about, though of course had
+never seen.</p>
+
+<p>After reaching that point they expected to
+leave the road and plunge directly into the woods,
+taking a short-cut for the big lake. Here they
+had planned to search for an old cabin situated
+on a point that stretched out into the beautiful
+bay, and which Frank believed might serve them
+in lieu of a tent; indeed, trusting to the informa<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span>tion
+they had received, they had not bothered
+to carry any canvas along with them on the trip.</p>
+
+<p>"What if that old cabin proves to be a myth
+after all, Frank?" Bluff was asking as they
+toiled along, with a wall of rock on one hand and
+a dizzy precipice close on the other side.</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps we'll be sorry about leaving out that
+fine waterproof tent of ours," suggested Will,
+who did not like to "rough it" quite so much as
+did the others.</p>
+
+<p>"Shucks!" ejaculated Jerry, with fine scorn,
+"what's the matter with our building a shelter
+of logs, bark and driftwood on the shore of the
+lake, if the worst strikes us? It wouldn't be the
+first time we'd done such a thing either, eh,
+Frank?"</p>
+
+<p>"I reckon we could do it without straining a
+point," the other observed quietly. "But don't
+borrow trouble, Bluff. Time enough to cross
+your bridges when you get to them. That old
+cabin stood there last summer, I was told, and
+likely to hold out for a good many more seasons
+unless some one should deliberately burn it
+down."</p>
+
+<p>"Who would be apt to do such a silly thing as
+that, tell me?" demanded Bluff.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think any one would," Frank hastened
+to reply; "but I've been told there's a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a></span>
+peculiar old hermit living on an estate not a
+great way distant from Cabin Point. He is said
+to be a rich man, but seems to want to keep
+away from his fellows, and has built a house up
+here on his property."</p>
+
+<p>"You mean Aaron Dennison, of course,
+Frank," said Will. "I was interested in what
+we were told about him. He seems to be a
+regular bear, and refuses to make friends with
+anybody drifting up here."</p>
+
+<p>"The loggers over at Edmundson Cove tell
+queer yarns of the things he has done," Frank
+continued, with a faint smile; "and to own up to
+the truth, I'm rather hoping we run across old
+Aaron. He must be quite a character from all
+we've heard, and somehow I've grown curious
+about him."</p>
+
+<p>"And if I get half a chance," observed Will,
+whose mind usually ran in the one channel, which
+of course covered his hobby, "I mean to snap off
+a picture of him. I've got a lot of freaks in my
+collection, but nary a hermit nor a crank."</p>
+
+<p>"All I hope for," said Jerry, "is that he doesn't
+try to make it unpleasant for us up here. For
+one, I expect to give him a wide berth. These
+hermits are not much to my fancy. You never
+know what to expect from the lot. But, Frank,
+after all, we're not the only fellows traveling<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span>
+along this mountain road. Look up ahead and
+you'll see a chap hurrying this way."</p>
+
+<p>"He's not much older than any of us, it
+seems," remarked Bluff, as all of them immediately
+focussed their gaze on the figure that had
+turned a bend in the rough road, and was hurriedly
+advancing in a somewhat careless fashion.</p>
+
+<p>"He's carrying a bag just like my new one,"
+remarked Will, patting the article in question affectionately,
+as though it contained something
+which he valued very much.</p>
+
+<p>"I shouldn't be surprised if he were heading
+for that railroad station we struck a mile back,"
+suggested Frank. "It was only a flag station,
+but trains stop there on signal most likely."</p>
+
+<p>"But where on earth could that natty young
+fellow come from, do you think?" Will asked.
+"I hope there isn't a camp of city boys up here
+anywhere, because if that turned out to be the
+case there'd be small chance for me to get the
+pictures of game I'm hoping to strike."</p>
+
+<p>"He sees us now," remarked Jerry, "but is
+coming along faster than ever. Perhaps he's running
+away from something, for he looked back
+just then over his shoulder."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and came near taking a nasty fall in the
+bargain," commented Will, who had started with
+sudden fear; "it strikes me he's a pretty careless<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span>
+sort of fellow. On a dangerous road like this
+it pays to watch your step, as a fall might mean
+a broken leg, or even worse. Oh! look there,
+boys, he's stumbled again, and gone over the edge
+of the precipice!"</p>
+
+<p>All of them stared in awe, for what Will called
+out was only too true. The advancing figure
+was no longer in sight, for upon making that
+false step he had fallen to his knees, made a violent
+effort to keep from slipping over the edge,
+and then disappeared.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>CHAPTER II</h2>
+
+<h3>A COOL CUSTOMER</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Come on everybody!" shouted Jerry, starting
+to run up the grade in his customary impetuous
+way.</p>
+
+<p>The other three were close at his heels. All
+were inspired by an eager desire to find out
+whether the stranger had actually fallen all the
+way down the face of that steep declivity, or had
+managed to catch hold of some friendly projection.</p>
+
+<p>If the chums had felt tired before that thrilling
+moment they quite forgot the circumstance in
+their wild anxiety to learn what had happened to
+the strange boy. Fortunately the spot where they
+had last seen the other vanish was not far away,
+and they soon came to the place.</p>
+
+<p>Jerry was already flat on his stomach and peering
+over the edge when the other boys arrived.
+Even before they could see for themselves his
+shout announced that he had made an important
+discovery.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"He's hanging to a point of rock down there,
+as sure as anything, Frank! Oh! how are we
+going to get to him before his arms give way?
+See how he's throwing his feet up, trying to ease
+the strain, but there's nothing doing. Shall I
+go down there after him, Frank?"</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you think of it, Jerry!" cried the
+alarmed Will; "let Frank make up a plan. You'd
+only tumble yourself, don't you know?"</p>
+
+<p>Frank Langdon had an exceedingly active
+mind. He seemed to be able to grasp a situation
+instantly, and to decide quickly the best thing to
+do in an emergency.</p>
+
+<p>Even while running to the spot he had used his
+eyes to advantage.</p>
+
+<p>"Wait for me!" was what he snapped as he
+flung himself around.</p>
+
+<p>Bluff, twisting his head backwards, saw that
+Frank was making for a tree that had been blown
+down at some previous time. It chanced to be
+close at hand, and in a dozen seconds the running
+boy had gained the spot.</p>
+
+<p>Then Bluff gave a cry of mingled delight and
+admiration.</p>
+
+<p>"It certainly takes Frank to hatch up a clever
+scheme on the spur of the moment! He's dragging
+that old wild grave-vine out from the wreck
+of the tree!" was what Bluff exclaimed in an<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span>
+ecstasy of satisfaction. "Oh! why didn't he tell
+me to go along with him? What if he can't manage
+it alone?"</p>
+
+<p>Bluff was in the act of clambering to his feet
+when Jerry halted him.</p>
+
+<p>"It's all right, Bluff, for he's got it loose now,
+and is whooping it up this way like everything.
+If only that fellow can hold on a little longer
+we'll pull him up O. K. Hey, down there, take
+a fresh grip and stick fast! We've got a vine
+rope coming on the jump! Steady now, old chap;
+we're standing by you!"</p>
+
+<p>"Hurry!" they heard the other gasp. Undoubtedly
+after all his exertions he must have been
+short of breath, though the face he turned up
+toward them did not appear to be stamped with
+any great degree of fright.</p>
+
+<p>Just then Frank arrived on the spot, and instantly
+started to lower the section of wild grape-vine
+he had secured from the fallen tree. It was
+at least a dozen or fifteen feet in length, and any
+one acquainted with the amazing strength of such
+a parasite did not need to be assured that it
+would easily bear the weight of several persons
+the weight of one who was in such peril on the
+rock below.</p>
+
+<p>"Can you change your hold to the vine?"
+called Frank, when presently he could see that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span>
+the lower end of his substitute rope dangled close
+alongside the other.</p>
+
+<p>It required more or less agility and reserve
+strength to carry such a proceeding through successfully.
+The stranger, however, appeared to
+possess these necessary qualifications, Frank was
+pleased to see.</p>
+
+<p>Will felt as though his heart was up in his
+throat as he watched the other hang on to the spur
+of rock with one hand, and seize the dangling
+object with the other. Frank had lowered the
+larger end of the vine. He had also sent it below
+the jutting rock, so that the one they meant to
+rescue could clasp his legs about it, and thus
+secure a much better grip.</p>
+
+<p>When they saw he had really accomplished the
+difficult feat of transferring his weight to the
+vine the boys, whose heads projected beyond
+the ledge above, uttered encouraging shouts.</p>
+
+<p>"Well done, old top!" called out Bluff, carried
+away by his enthusiasm, and acting as though he
+had known the other a long time. "Now just
+give us a little time and we'll run you up
+here in great shape. Here you come, then!
+Heave-oh, boys!"</p>
+
+<p>It required their united strength to raise the
+boy who dangled at the end of the grape-vine.
+This was on account of the fact that their make<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span>-believe
+rope refused to bend very well, thus making
+its hauling up a clumsy business.</p>
+
+<p>Still every foot helped, and all the while some
+of them kept calling out encouragingly to the boy
+below. In the end his head appeared in view,
+upon which he was seized by the arms by Frank
+and Bluff, and dragged over the edge.</p>
+
+<p>Somewhat to the surprise of the boys, he immediately
+started to brushing himself off, as
+though the dust on his clothes bothered him more
+than any slight bruises he may have received in
+his ugly fall. Frank made up his mind when he
+saw this that the other was certainly nonchalant,
+or, as Frank himself expressed it, "a cool customer."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope you're not hurt by your tumble?"
+Frank asked, at which the other shook his head,
+and continued dusting his coat as he replied:</p>
+
+<p>"Don't think I got even a scratch, which is
+about my ordinary luck. But only for your
+coming I'd have dropped the rest of the way down
+to the bottom of the hole, and that might have
+changed things some. Thank you very much for
+helping. And that scheme of the wild grave-vine
+was a corker, too. I'd never have thought of
+such a thing, I'm positive."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! trust Frank for hitting the right nail on
+the head every time," boasted Will, who never<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span>
+lost a chance to magnify the deeds of the one
+he admired above any among all his friends.</p>
+
+<p>The other now took occasion to look them
+over curiously, as though he had begun to wonder
+who they were, and what brought four boys
+up into this region. Frank guessed this much, for
+he immediately introduced himself and his chums.</p>
+
+<p>"We're from Centerville, a town that's a good
+way off from here. My name's Frank Langdon,
+this is Will Milton, the one next to him is Bluff
+Masters, and the other fellow, Jerry Wallington.
+We have always been mighty fond of camping,
+and just now mean to put in a few weeks on the
+shore of the big lake at a place called Cabin
+Point. Our stuff has gone ahead of us on the
+stage that came along here yesterday."</p>
+
+<p>Somehow Frank thought the other started a
+little and looked keenly at him when this
+announcement was made. He could not understand,
+though, why it should interest any one
+to know that they intended to camp at any particular
+spot on the lake shore, since there were
+many miles to choose from.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! my name is Gilbert Dennison. I've been
+at college, and mean to spend my vacation playing
+golf. You see they do say I'm runner-up among
+the amateurs on the green links. Sent my clubs
+and luggage off yesterday, and was on the way<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span>
+to the train to-day when the horse smashed a
+wheel of the rig. I had to put out afoot, for, you
+see, I wouldn't miss making that train for a good
+deal, because of the match."</p>
+
+<p>He took out his watch and held it in a hand
+that hardly trembled in the least, which Frank
+thought rather remarkable, seeing what a strain
+had been upon him lately. Altogether, Frank
+considered him the coolest person he had ever
+met. If he could control his nerves in this fashion
+when playing in a match it was no wonder he
+was looked upon as a coming wonder on the golf
+links, where such a gift counts heavily.</p>
+
+<p>"You must excuse me for rushing off in such a
+beastly hurry, fellows!" Gilbert exclaimed, as he
+looked around for his bag, which, fortunately,
+had not fallen over the precipice at the time he
+stumbled; "some other time perhaps I'll run in on
+you at your camp, and be able to thank you in a
+more decent way for giving me a lift. I think
+I can make that train in half an hour."</p>
+
+<p>Bluff and Jerry had not a word to say. They
+stood and stared at the other, astonished beyond
+measure. Really in all their experiences far and
+wide they had never met with such a self-possessed
+young person as this.</p>
+
+<p>He picked up his bag, waved them a flippant
+good-bye, and then actually started to run down<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span>
+the slope. Bluff scratched his head and grinned,
+while Jerry exclaimed in disgust.</p>
+
+<p>"Gee whiz! if that wasn't the queerest thing
+ever! You'd think he'd just stubbed his toe, and
+we happened along in time to help him rub the
+same. He sure is a cool customer, believe me,
+fellows!"</p>
+
+<p>"Such base ingratitude I never ran across,"
+ventured Will, indignantly. "Why, only for
+Frank's fetching that grape-vine along, and our
+pulling him up so neatly, he'd have had to let go
+his hold before now. And say, it was all of
+thirty feet down to the bottom of the hole from
+the rock he held on to; an ugly fall, I'd call it."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! well," observed Frank, more amused than
+otherwise by the singular circumstance, "when
+a fellow pursues any fad as he does golf he seems
+to chase it just as we've all done one of those
+jack-o'-lanterns in the marsh. When the fever
+is on him he can't think of anything else. That
+match on the links is, in his mind, the greatest
+event under the sun. We've all been there, boys,
+remember."</p>
+
+<p>"But where did he come from, do you think?"
+asked Will.</p>
+
+<p>"There's a village, I recollect, over the hills
+that way," Frank explained; "and it's just barely
+possible his folks live there. Being off the rail<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span>road,
+you see they have to make a little journey
+of some miles every time they want to go to the
+city. We may run on to the broken-down buggy
+further on."</p>
+
+<p>"He's still running right along," remarked
+Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>"And hasn't bothered to look back once," added
+Will, as though he could not understand why the
+other should so easily forget about the service
+they had done him.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, looking back caused him his other stumble,
+and it's taught him a lesson, I reckon,"
+laughed Frank, always ready to offer excuses for
+others' failings, but never for his own.</p>
+
+<p>"We might as well be going on our way then,
+boys," suggested Bluff, as he gave his knapsack
+a fling that caused it to land squarely on his back.</p>
+
+<p>The others picked up their scanty possessions
+for, as has been said before, the main part of
+their belongings had been sent on in advance by
+the stage.</p>
+
+<p>"For one," observed Will with a little sigh, "I
+own up I'll be glad when we get to the lake.
+Seems to me this bag keeps on growing heavier
+all the time; and yet when I started out this
+morning I thought it as light as a feather."</p>
+
+<p>"It's always that way," he was told by Frank,
+consolingly; "even your feet often begin to drag<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span>
+as though weighted down with lead, when once
+you find yourself growing tired. But, Will, say
+the word and I'll tote your bag for you."</p>
+
+<p>"Not much you will, Frank! though it's certainly
+kind of you to offer to do it. I'd be a nice
+Outdoor Chum, wouldn't I now, if I let some
+other fellow shoulder my burdens? If I were
+sick or lame it might be a different thing; but that
+doesn't happen to fit the case now. I'll get along
+all right, so don't worry."</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly they pushed on up the road, and
+presently arrived at the crest of the ridge. The
+trees prevented an extended view, however, much
+to the disappointment of Will, who wanted to
+make use of his camera.</p>
+
+<p>They saw no signs of the wrecked vehicle mentioned
+by the young college chap who had given
+them his name as Gilbert Dennison, and hence
+concluded it must be further along the road.</p>
+
+<p>A short time afterwards Frank announced that
+they were near the abandoned mine, which his
+informants had told him lay close to the border
+of the road they had followed over the rocky
+ridge.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>CHAPTER III</h2>
+
+<h3>TAKING POSSESSION</h3>
+
+
+<p>Frank had learned that many years back
+there had been a company organized to mine the
+iron that was known to exist in certain sections of
+the hills in that region.</p>
+
+<p>Considerable work had been done, and some
+ore even shipped away, when, for some reason or
+other, the scheme had been given up after a shaft
+had been sunk for fifty feet or more, and workings
+started.</p>
+
+<p>The entrance to the abandoned mine had been
+visited by curious people coming to that locality.
+It was even marked on the old map which Frank
+had used in making the outlines of his own little
+chart.</p>
+
+<p>"Here it is, boys!" cried Jerry, who had pushed
+to the front; "Frank was correct when he said
+he could see where the wheels of the stage had
+run in off the road just back there. I hope our
+stuff is all right."</p>
+
+<p>"So do I!" echoed Will, anxiously, "because<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span>
+I've got most of my new rolls of films, as well as
+my flashlight apparatus, in my big pack. I'm
+only carrying a lot of precious developed films
+in this bag, with other things I need. You see
+I'm meaning to put in quite a bunch of time while
+up here experimenting and that's why I carried
+them along."</p>
+
+<p>They had their fears quickly relieved, for their
+property lay just inside the old shaft leading into
+the abandoned iron mine.</p>
+
+<p>"It all seems to be here, and in decent shape,"
+remarked Frank. "That stage driver kept his
+word when he said he'd take good care of our
+stuff. And now to divide it up so every one has
+a share."</p>
+
+<p>"No funny business, Frank," Bluff reminded
+him; "every one of us expects to get an equal tote
+load."</p>
+
+<p>"That's what I say, too," echoed Will, who
+suspected he might be treated too generously by
+his chums, and given less than his proper proportion
+to carry, for Will was over-sensitive concerning
+his lack of physical strength.</p>
+
+<p>In the end they managed to distribute the blankets,
+food, and other things in a fashion that was
+fairly equitable, and then resumed their journey.
+At this point they expected to leave the road, and
+follow a trail that if stuck to would take them<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span>
+to the shore of the big lake around Cabin Point,
+their intended destination.</p>
+
+<p>"Our course should be almost due northwest
+from here on," the guide informed his three companions
+as they set forth. "I'm telling you that
+for a purpose, you understand."</p>
+
+<p>"You mean in case we lose the pesky trail that
+seems so faint, we can keep going in the right
+direction all the same; is that it, Frank?" asked
+Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>"You've struck the right nail on the head, Jerry,
+for that was what I meant. But by keeping our
+eyes on the trail we ought to have little trouble
+following this old path."</p>
+
+<p>"It strikes me the trail hasn't been worked
+much for some time," Bluff observed.</p>
+
+<p>"That's true enough," said the pilot of the
+expedition, "but once a trail has been well worn
+you can find it years and years afterward if you
+look the right way. It's easy to notice heaps of
+signs that tell the story, where the earth was worn
+away by passing feet. When you're in doubt just
+push back the grass and there it lies as plain as
+day."</p>
+
+<p>Frank always prided himself more or less on
+his ability to follow tracks where others might
+give up the task in despair. Nothing pleased him
+half so much as to run across a puzzle along these<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span>
+lines that required his best work in order to
+find the answer.</p>
+
+<p>After they had gone on for some time a rest
+was called.</p>
+
+<p>"That's a good idea, Frank," Jerry declared
+when he heard the order given to drop their burdens
+and lie around for ten minutes or so. "Not
+that I'm feeling played out you understand; but
+I've always been told it was poor policy to whip
+a willing nag."</p>
+
+<p>"It's certainly a pretty rough path, all right!"
+Will admitted.</p>
+
+<p>"But we must be about half-way across by
+now," added Bluff.</p>
+
+<p>"How about that, Frank? Let's take a look at
+your map again," said Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>Upon examination it was found to be about
+as Bluff had thought; the shore of the big water
+could not be more than half a mile further on.
+Cheered by this information, even Will expressed
+himself as willing to start again.</p>
+
+<p>"When you've got anything unpleasant to do,"
+he told them, "I believe in getting it over with as
+soon as you can, and off your mind."</p>
+
+<p>"Huh! that pleases me a heap to hear you
+say so, Will," chuckled Bluff; "because you know
+there's that dicker I wanted to make with you
+for that new hunting knife I took such a fancy<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span>
+to. I offered you my old one and something to
+boot in the bargain. Now I understood from the
+way you acted the deal wasn't pleasant to you; so
+please get it over with as soon as possible."</p>
+
+<p>"I'll see you in Guinea, Bluff, before I trade
+that splendid blade," retorted the other, "but I
+told you where I got it, and any time you feel
+like it you can send for one just like mine. Let
+it go at that then."</p>
+
+<p>There came another hard pull. Sometimes the
+way was so rough that all of them panted more
+or less. Will showed real grit by keeping up with
+the others, though he had to shut his teeth hard
+together, and take himself mentally to task when
+he felt his legs tremble under him with weakness.</p>
+
+<p>All at once Jerry, always the first to discover
+things, gave vent to a yell.</p>
+
+<p>"Hey there, fellows! I see water ahead through
+the trees! Yep, it's the big lake as sure as anything!
+We've got there at last!"</p>
+
+<p>"Good!" muttered Will in an undertone, as
+though he did not wish the others to hear him;
+to tell the truth, he felt as though he could not
+stagger on much further over that rough trail,
+and carry the heavy pack in the bargain, as well
+as the new bag containing his precious films.</p>
+
+<p>The sight of the splendid sheet of water seemed
+to inspire them all with new energy, for they per<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span>ceptibly
+quickened their pace until impatient Jerry
+was almost running in his eagerness to get to his
+destination.</p>
+
+<p>After a while they found themselves standing
+on the shore of the inland sea, where the waters
+were lapping the shore with a murmuring sound
+that was sweet music in the ears of Frank Langdon.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, one thing's settled anyhow," remarked
+Will, presently, as he heaved a sigh of relief; "we
+didn't get lost, did we, fellows?"</p>
+
+<p>"Shucks! that was the last thing to bother me,"
+declared Bluff with a fine appearance of scorn.
+"For one, I've passed the novice stage in woodcraft,
+and reckon myself able to get along with
+the next chap."</p>
+
+<p>"All the same," he was told by Frank, "I've
+known the time when you <i>did</i> manage to lose
+your bearings and run up against a whole bunch
+of trouble in consequence."</p>
+
+<p>"But that's past history," remonstrated the
+other; "and times have changed since then, Frank.
+I should hope I've learned my lesson by now."</p>
+
+<p>"Now where do you think this Cabin Point
+lies, that we're going to hunt up, with the idea
+of making our home there during our stay?"
+Jerry demanded.</p>
+
+<p>"Just look to the left and I think you'll see a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span>
+wooded cape that reaches out into the lake like
+a tongue or a finger," the pilot explained, pointing
+as he spoke.</p>
+
+<p>"Frank, you're all to the good there, that must
+be our goal," Bluff hastened to assert; for indeed
+since there was no other similar projection of
+the shore in sight, it seemed reasonable to believe
+Cabin Point was before their eyes.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll soon settle that matter," observed
+Frank, once more making a start.</p>
+
+<p>They did not have far to go, for the half-concealed
+and wholly overgrown trail reached the
+lake close to the wooded cape. Perhaps long before,
+when loggers had a camp in that region
+while felling the virgin growth of forest, the
+point of land was a favorite camp with them.
+That would account for the trail, and why it had
+grown up in recent years.</p>
+
+<p>Once on the ground, they began to look earnestly
+for signs of the abandoned cabin which it
+was hoped would afford them shelter during their
+outing. For some little time this search bore no
+fruit, and Will was beginning to feel quite disconsolate.</p>
+
+<p>"Looks to me as if it was going to be our
+job to start a brush shanty that will give us shelter
+for a couple of nights till we can put up a
+more substantial affair," he told Bluff, who hap<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span>pened
+to be close to him, looking to the right and
+to the left in a vain attempt to be the first one
+to make a pleasant discovery.</p>
+
+<p>Will had hardly spoken when they heard a call
+from Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>"I might have known it was no good trying
+to beat his sharp eyes out," grumbled Bluff, as
+though really disappointed because he had failed
+to locate the cabin.</p>
+
+<p>"What difference does it make who turns the
+trick?" ventured Will, looking happy again; "so
+long as it's done. The end and not the means is
+what counts. Hello! Jerry, have you struck pay
+dirt?"</p>
+
+<p>"Here it is!" came the triumphant answer, and
+the others hurried forward, to discover the log
+structure partly concealed from view by branches
+of trees, vines, moss, and every sort of green
+growth.</p>
+
+<p>"No wonder we couldn't see it easily," expostulated
+Bluff; "everybody doesn't happen to have
+microscopic eyes like Jerry here. I warrant you
+now I passed within thirty feet of this spot
+several times, and never tumbled to what was
+so close by."</p>
+
+<p>"One of the first things we'll do, fellows,"
+suggested Frank, "will be to get busy and cut
+down a lot of this stuff that keeps us from hav<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span>ing
+a fine outlook over the bay and the big lake
+beyond."</p>
+
+<p>"How about the cabin itself?" asked Will.
+"Seems to me the chimney is sort of dilapidated
+on top."</p>
+
+<p>"That can be soon remedied, and I'll take care
+of it," Frank assured him. "Then this door is
+hanging on one rusty hinge; we'll find a way to
+stand it up again. Let's step inside and look
+around a bit; I'm more anxious about the roof
+than almost anything else, for that's apt to leak
+like a sieve until we fix it."</p>
+
+<p>"Go a little slow," Will warned them, "for I've
+known of wild cats or other wild beasts taking
+up their quarters in an abandoned cabin." This
+remark caused Bluff and Jerry to laugh, for they
+could themselves look back to a ludicrous experience
+of the kind.</p>
+
+<p>It turned out that the cabin had no ferocious
+occupant and upon investigation they found that
+the roof was not very bad after all.</p>
+
+<p>"In one corner only it looks as if the rain had
+come in," said Frank finally; "or water when
+the snow melted, which tries a roof more than
+anything else. Why, given half a day and we
+shall have a weather-proof top all over. Take
+note of that big yawning fireplace, will you? I
+can see what jolly times we'll have sitting around<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span>
+there on cool nights; and up here we're apt to
+have many such."</p>
+
+<p>"We can make bunks against this wall where
+you can see the remains of two right now," Bluff
+intimated.</p>
+
+<p>"Until then we'll spread our blankets on the
+floor and rough it, which suits me all right,"
+Jerry announced.</p>
+
+<p>Will had lowered his burdens to the floor. He
+seemed anxious to get settled after some fashion.
+First of all he opened the new bag. The other
+boys were still looking curiously around, finding
+a number of interesting features connected with
+the lone cabin on the point, when they heard Will
+give a cry of utter astonishment. Turning quickly
+they saw him staring down into the bag he had
+opened, with a look of consternation on his face.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV</h2>
+
+<h3>AS BUSY AS BEAVERS</h3>
+
+
+<p>"What under the sun ails Will?" demanded
+Bluff.</p>
+
+<p>"It's his bag, don't you understand?" added
+Jerry. "Something's happened to upset him terribly.
+He looks as if he'd seen a ghost. Ten
+chances to one now he forgot to put the films
+in."</p>
+
+<p>"What is it, Will?" called out Frank, who,
+being busy just then, had only turned his head
+when the cry bubbled from the other's lips.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! Frank, they're gone!" gasped Will.</p>
+
+<p>"What's that? Do you mean your films?"
+demanded the other.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, oh yes, gone, worse luck! I don't understand
+it at all. Seems as though I must be
+dreaming, Frank!" and Will began to rub his
+eyes vigorously, as though by that means he
+hoped to get his proper sight back; after which
+he stared again at the open bag on the floor.</p>
+
+<p>"You're dead sure you put them in the bag,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span>
+are you, Will?" questioned the skeptical Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course I am!" he was indignantly told.
+"But I can't understand where these silly things
+came from. They don't belong to me, that's
+sure."</p>
+
+<p>"Hello! here's a mystery all right," said Bluff,
+scrambling to his feet and hurrying over to the
+other; in which action he was immediately imitated
+by the other two.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I declare that's queer!" burst out Jerry;
+"a lot of golf balls, a white sweater, and a pair
+of rubber-soled shoes! Why, Will, what has happened?"</p>
+
+<p>"I'm sure I don't know," said the bewildered
+one, shaking his head sadly. "Here I pack my
+films and a few other little things in this new
+bag, and start out. Then when I open it, see what
+I get! Who's been playing a trick on me, I'd
+like to know?"</p>
+
+<p>"Wait a minute," interrupted Frank, just when
+the injured one was beginning to frown and look
+suspiciously at Bluff and Jerry; "nobody here has
+had a hand in the thing, Will; but I think I know
+what happened."</p>
+
+<p>"Then for goodness' sake, Frank, hurry up
+and tell us!" cried Bluff; "for Will here is beginning
+to have awful thoughts, and looks at me
+as if he could eat me."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes, please explain the mystery, Frank, if
+you can," pleaded Will.</p>
+
+<p>"To my mind it's as simple as anything could
+well be," began the other, soberly.</p>
+
+<p>"You remember our meeting on the road with
+the young chap calling himself Gilbert something
+or other? Well, I happened to notice that the
+bag he carried was as near like your new one as
+two peas could be. When he hurried away to
+catch his train in his excitement he must have
+unconsciously picked up the wrong bag!"</p>
+
+<p>"Then this one belongs to him, does it?" asked
+Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you remember," remarked Frank, "his
+saying something about his being runner-up in the
+amateur class of golfers, and that he was going
+to a tournament right then, which accounted for
+his haste?"</p>
+
+<p>Will uttered a deep groan. He was evidently
+very much dejected over the unfortunate accident
+that had befallen him so early in their outing.</p>
+
+<p>"What tough luck I've struck!" he said, as he
+stared down at the golf balls, as useless to him
+as so many stones. "I do hope that chap won't
+be so mad when he finds out what he's done as
+to destroy my precious films. What if he went
+and put a match to them? You know they'd flame<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span>
+up something fierce, and it'd be good-bye to all
+my hard work up in Maine."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! the chances are small that he'd be so
+venomous as all that," returned Frank, "especially
+when he must know it was all his own
+fault."</p>
+
+<p>"But what do you think he'll do about it?"
+questioned Bluff.</p>
+
+<p>"If I were Gilbert," suggested Jerry, drily, "my
+first job would be to hire some caddy with a heavy
+foot to kick me good and hard. Then I'd set
+out to get a new sweater and another supply of
+golf balls. Later on I'd make it a point to head
+back this way and hunt you up, to apologize
+humbly and to hand over your bag intact."</p>
+
+<p>"Well said, Jerry," was Frank's hearty commendation.</p>
+
+<p>Will picked up a little hope at that. Perhaps
+after all matters might not be quite so bad as
+they looked at first glance. Even if he did lose
+a week of time, there were plenty of other things
+he could be doing, since he had his camera and
+flashlight apparatus intact.</p>
+
+<p>"Thanks, Jerry. I guess you are right," he
+told the other. "Every cloud has a silver lining,
+they say, if only you look for it. I'll try to
+hope for the best after this. My precious films
+may come back to me again undamaged. I hope<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span>
+so, anyway; but you know there's no telling what
+a fellow may do when in a sudden rage."</p>
+
+<p>"Think again, Will," said Frank. "We all
+agreed that this Gilbert fellow was as cool a
+customer as we'd ever met. Now the chances
+are he'll grasp the situation at a glance, laugh at
+his blunder, put <i>your</i> bag safely away, and hustle
+to remedy the mistake so as not to be left out of
+the tournament. Believe that, Will, for your own
+peace of mind."</p>
+
+<p>So the forlorn chum finally fastened the bag
+and hung it on a peg.</p>
+
+<p>"I hope to see it give way to my own bag by
+the time a week or so has passed," he forced himself
+to say.</p>
+
+<p>As the afternoon was getting well along the
+boys busied themselves with what appeared to be
+the most urgent duties. Such things as roof
+mending and the like could wait for another time,
+since there did not seem to be any possibility of
+a storm coming up, on that night at least.</p>
+
+<p>"But we must surely pay attention to that roof
+the first thing to-morrow," Frank told them, as
+they began to make preparations for the cooking
+fire.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, that's right," Jerry added; "because we
+mustn't be like the Irishman in the old story who
+never did mend the hole in his roof, although<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span>
+always going to do so; and when they asked why
+he kept putting it off explained by saying: 'Whin
+it rains I <i>can't</i> mind it, and whin it's dry and fair,
+be jabers! phy should I bother?'"</p>
+
+<p>Of course things were in something of a turmoil
+that evening, though the boys were beginning
+to plan just how they meant to store their
+possessions away so as to have their customary
+system about the cabin camp.</p>
+
+<p>When the odors of supper began to fill the interior
+of the cabin the boys discovered that their
+camp appetites were already beginning to manifest
+themselves. They certainly appreciated that
+first meal in the open. It brought back to memory
+many other camps they had enjoyed together.</p>
+
+<p>And later on while sitting around in front of
+the blazing fire it was only natural that the talk
+should be of those earlier events, which have
+been set down in such an interesting way between
+the covers of previous volumes of this
+series.</p>
+
+<p>Having no cots or bunks as yet, they spread
+their blankets on the hard floor, and after this
+crude fashion settled down for the first night.
+None of them expected to obtain a good rest,
+because the first night out is always a wakeful
+one on account of strange surroundings. But
+in due time all this would wear away and in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span>
+the end it might even prove to be a difficult
+task to arouse some of the heavy sleepers at sunrise.</p>
+
+<p>After breakfast the next morning all of them
+set to work. Even Will was not allowed to begin
+with his beloved photography until some semblance
+of order had been brought about.</p>
+
+<p>They had brought a few tools along with them,
+Frank resting under the belief that a hand-saw,
+a hammer, and some nails would not come in
+amiss when they meant to start housekeeping in
+an old cabin that might need considerable repairing
+to make it habitable.</p>
+
+<p>It was this habit of looking ahead possessed
+by Frank Langdon that so often made things
+much easier for himself and his chums than they
+might otherwise have been.</p>
+
+<p>So while Frank busied himself at the roof, he
+had one of the others mending the door, and the
+remainder of the party searching for wood that
+could be utilized in making their rude bunks along
+the wall.</p>
+
+<p>It was found that they could take down some
+boards that were really not needed, and saw
+them into the necessary strips required. So during
+the entire morning there was more or less hammering
+and sawing going on that must have
+greatly astonished the timid little woods folk<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span>
+dwelling in that vicinity, so long given over to
+solitude and quiet.</p>
+
+<p>At noon-time things began to look a little shipshape.
+To begin with, the roof had been repaired,
+and Frank believed it would turn water
+in any storm short of a cloud-burst. Then the
+door also was swinging on two hinges, one of
+stout leather, also carried in Frank's pack for an
+emergency.</p>
+
+<p>The four bunks were coming along nicely, and
+the amateur carpenters who worked on them
+promised a complete job before nightfall.</p>
+
+<p>"And now," said Frank, as they munched a
+cold lunch at noon, having decided not to go to
+the bother of doing any cooking at that time, "I
+want Will to come with me to make a little search
+for that old boat we were told could be found
+hidden under a shelving rock near the shore. It
+hasn't been used for some years, and is apt to be
+in poor shape, but I've got some oakum and a
+calking tool. With those, I hope to put it in
+condition, so with frequent baling we can use it
+on the lake."</p>
+
+<p>They made a systematic search all along the
+shore, but it was not until nearly an hour had
+passed that they discovered the spot where, under
+a shelf of rock, the old craft lay.</p>
+
+<p>After making an examination, Frank declared<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span>
+he could mend the rowboat so that it would afford
+them more or less pleasure. Its planks had survived
+many a winter, thanks to the protection
+afforded by the shelf of rock.</p>
+
+<p>Since the gaps in the open seams were so large
+that it would leak like a sieve, he realized his work
+would have to be done at the spot where the
+boat was found. This meant only a tramp of a
+quarter of a mile at most, going and coming.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll get busy the first thing in the morning,"
+Frank told Will. "Altogether, the job oughtn't to
+take me more than a day. Then we can all get
+together and drag the boat down to the water,
+and one of us can paddle around to Cabin Point,
+where there's a splendid cove to tie up in."</p>
+
+<p>"The oars are good enough for our use, though
+splintered some," suggested the other.</p>
+
+<p>"That will save us a hard job," Frank admitted,
+"because I don't think I ever shaped an oar
+in my life, and it's no little task, believe me!"</p>
+
+<p>In their wanderings the boys had discovered a
+stream that emptied into the lake. Frank promised
+himself the pleasure of following it up
+some day, and finding what the country looked
+like in that direction.</p>
+
+<p>"I've got a notion," he told Will, "that this
+stream runs through the property of that old
+hermit, Aaron Dennison; at least that's what one<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>
+man told me. Perhaps he'll take it badly when
+he learns that a parcel of boys have squatted down
+for a month's stay so close to his place."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope we do run across the queer old man
+some of these fine days," ventured Will; "and
+that I'm carrying my camera along with me, because
+I'd like to snap off the picture of a real
+hermit. I've got some odd people in my collection,
+but nothing so queer as that. I surely
+would like to get him."</p>
+
+<p>On arriving at the cabin they found the other
+pair had been exceedingly industrious during their
+absence. The sleeping quarters were beginning to
+look shipshape, and promised more or less comfort
+when completed.</p>
+
+<p>"Now if you fellows would only turn in and
+give us a helping hand," suggested Jerry, "we
+could get through in a couple of hours."</p>
+
+<p>"Just what I was going to propose on my own
+account," Frank told him. "Many hands make
+light work, you know. So tell us what you want
+done, and we'll get busy."</p>
+
+<p>All of them being handy with tools, they made
+a good job of the bunks. Indeed, considering
+what poor material they had to work with, the
+result did them great credit.</p>
+
+<p>"Now who's going to be the first to pick his
+bunk?" laughed Will, when it was decided there<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span>
+could be nothing more done to make the sleeping
+quarters comfortable.</p>
+
+<p>"No, you don't!" exclaimed Frank, when unconsciously
+all faces were turned toward him.
+"Every fellow is going to have a square show.
+Here, I'll hold four splinters of wood in my hand,
+all of different lengths. Each one draw, and the
+longest has first choice."</p>
+
+<p>"That's a fair bargain," agreed Bluff, "though
+for my part one bunk is pretty much like another."</p>
+
+<p>It turned out that Will was given first choice,
+and he took a lower berth, for they had been
+arranged in sections of two, on account of limited
+room. Frank, having second pick, took the one
+above, and the others then divided the remaining
+two between them.</p>
+
+<p>After they had arranged their warm blankets,
+the place began to take on quite a cheery appearance.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll get at that cranky table next, and steady
+it," said Frank; "then we need another bench, because
+as it is we have to use blocks of wood
+for seats. In fact, I can already see a dozen
+things to be done, with more to follow."</p>
+
+<p>Jerry in passing across the cabin tripped, and
+uttered a grunt as though he had stubbed his
+toe.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"That makes three times that loose plank has
+caught me," he muttered, "and the old motto
+says 'three times and out.' So I'll just yank that
+plank up and settle it down afresh. A few of
+those big spikes you brought along ought to do
+the trick, Frank."</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly the determined boy set about carrying
+this little plan into execution. Prying up
+one end of the plank, he managed to get a grip
+of it, and then raised it completely. It came
+up much more easily than Jerry had anticipated.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, hello!" the others heard him say, "here's
+an old rat's nest made years ago, I should think;
+and look what's lying beside it, will you?"</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>CHAPTER V</h2>
+
+<h3>A CALL FOR HELP</h3>
+
+
+<p>Jerry was holding something up when he
+said this, which he had just picked out of the
+cavity under the loose plank.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, it looks as though it had once been a
+baby's shoe, I should say," suggested Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"Just what it is, but as old as the hills," remarked
+Jerry. "I wonder now, did it slip down
+here, or was it carried by the old mother rat
+when this nest was made?"</p>
+
+<p>He fumbled among the scraps of paper and
+such stuff that had gone to form the nest of the
+rodent. One piece seemed to be a part of an
+envelope. The writing was fairly visible, though
+age had yellowed the paper.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you think of this, fellows?" Jerry
+demanded, as though interested. "I can make
+out part of a name here, and whose do you reckon
+it is?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, tell, and don't keep a fellow guessing!"
+urged Bluff impatiently.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"The word Aaron is as plain as anything," pursued
+Jerry, "and then there's part of the next
+one Denni&mdash;so you see it really looks as if away
+back, twenty years ago or perhaps even much
+longer, the rich old hermit used to actually live
+here in this log cabin. In those days he was
+land poor, mebbe; and say, the shoe&mdash;why, he
+must have had a wife, and a baby, too!"</p>
+
+<p>All of them looked at the poor little memento
+of the dim past which had been discovered under
+such singular conditions. Then Jerry commenced
+smoothing the earth level under the plank
+so that it would set more evenly. In the midst
+of this he uttered another exclamation.</p>
+
+<p>"All sorts of queer things are coming my way,
+I tell you!" he called out. "See what I've dug
+up now!"</p>
+
+<p>"Looks like a half dollar," remarked Bluff decidedly
+interested. "And see here, if you've
+struck a miser's hoard, remember we're all
+chums, Jerry; it's share alike, I hope."</p>
+
+<p>A vigorous hunt failed to disclose any mate of
+the coin, and in the end they were compelled to
+believe it must be only a lone specimen.</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps old Aaron was a money grabber in
+those days," Bluff ventured, "and laid the foundation
+for his fortune while living here in this cabin.
+And this hole under the loose plank&mdash;wouldn't it<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span>
+be just the jolliest hiding-place for a miser to
+stow his valuables in?"</p>
+
+<p>"Either that," added Frank thoughtfully, "or
+else the half dollar managed to slip down through
+a crack. Have you examined it to see the date,
+Jerry? Because if it happens to be one that was
+coined within the last half-dozen years we'd
+know it couldn't have been left here long ago."</p>
+
+<p>"I can make it out easily enough, Frank; and
+it's away back in eighteen-eighty. So that allows
+plenty of leeway, you see."</p>
+
+<p>The little incident gave them considerable food
+for exchanging opinions. They even tried to
+picture what the cabin on the Point may have
+looked like many years ago, when a woman's
+hands took care of the home, and the prattle of a
+child sounded among those great trees overhead.</p>
+
+<p>Still, none of the boys dreamed that the cavity
+under the floor would play a part in the future
+happenings that were destined to come their way,
+though such proved to be the case.</p>
+
+<p>The second night things began to shape themselves
+much more comfortably. All of the boys
+declared they had enjoyed a sound sleep when
+dawn once more found them stirring, and ready
+to take up the new duties of the day.</p>
+
+<p>One thing after another was finished, and it
+gave them considerable satisfaction to find how<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span>
+much of an improvement this sort of work made
+in the cabin and surroundings.</p>
+
+<p>Frank himself cut away much of the thick
+growth of bushes and branches that interfered
+with their view of the big water. When he had
+completed his task it was possible to look from
+the open door and see for miles out over the lake.
+They believed they would never tire of watching
+the play of the waves that at times could be heard
+so plainly breaking on the shore near by.</p>
+
+<p>There was seldom a time during daylight when
+some fish-hawk could not be seen sailing serenely
+over the water, looking for a fish for his young
+fledglings. On several occasions the boys also
+discovered a bald-headed eagle wheeling far up
+in the blue space overhead.</p>
+
+<p>"We must keep on the watch to learn how
+the bold robber taxes the hard-working and
+honest fish-hawks for his meal," Frank remarked.
+"It's too much bother for the eagle to plunge
+down and hook a fish for himself, so he waits
+until an osprey gets one, then follows him up
+into the air and makes him drop his prize."</p>
+
+<p>Will, of course, was deeply interested. Everything
+that pertained to animal nature appealed
+irresistibly to him these days, since he had taken
+to securing pictures of wild birds and animals in
+their native haunts.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I've read about such things, but never had the
+good luck to see it done," he hastened to remark.
+"I hope I can make use of my camera if it happens
+to come along at the right time. Already
+I think I know where a pair of those big ospreys
+have their nest, and that ought to make a dandy
+picture, with one of the parent birds feeding the
+youngsters."</p>
+
+<p>"I'd go a little slow about it if I were you,"
+Frank cautioned him. "They make their homes
+up in pretty tall trees, you know. And besides,
+some of them are savage fighters when they think
+their nests are going to be disturbed or robbed."</p>
+
+<p>The others forgot about the fish-hawks after
+that, but not Will. When he had anything on
+his mind he was very persistent. This was particularly
+true of such matters as were connected
+with his hobby along the line of photography.</p>
+
+<p>Several days passed, and the other boys were
+enjoying themselves greatly. For that matter, so
+was Will, though his activities ran along a single
+groove. Let those who cared to fish sit out there
+on the lake all they wished; or troll along, using
+minnows for bait, which had been taken in a little
+net made of mosquito bar stuff; Will preferred
+to roam the adjacent woods seeking signs
+of minks, raccoons, opossums and foxes, and
+planning just how he would arrange his traps so<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span>
+that at night time the animals would set off his
+flashlight, and have their pictures taken unawares
+in so doing.</p>
+
+<p>All the little chores had been completed around
+the cabin, which looked quite like another place
+now. It was kept as neat as wax, for Frank had
+even manufactured an odd but effective broom
+out of twigs, such as he had seen used by immigrants
+from abroad.</p>
+
+<p>Frank was contemplating the taking of a little
+tramp up the stream on the following day. He
+had not forgotten what one of his informants had
+told him concerning the hermit's place, and was
+more than curious to meet Aaron Dennison.</p>
+
+<p>Will had not ceased to remember his loss. He
+brooded over it at times, and even broke out into
+occasional lamentations. His greatest fear seemed
+to be that Gilbert might destroy the films in his
+sudden disgust on discovering what a wretched
+blunder he had committed in his haste.</p>
+
+<p>Will had wandered forth after lunch on this
+day. From the fact that he carried his camera
+along with him, the rest of the boys judged he
+meant to secure some view that had appealed to
+him as especially fine.</p>
+
+<p>It was some hours later that Frank noticed
+that he had not returned. Will was a fair woodsman
+by now, and there did not seem to be much<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span>
+chance of his allowing himself to become lost.
+Still Frank found himself wondering just where
+the boy had gone, and why Will had not taken
+any of them into his confidence.</p>
+
+<p>When it was but an hour from sunset he mentioned
+the matter to the rest.</p>
+
+<p>"Does anybody happen to know where Will
+set out for?" was his question.</p>
+
+<p>No one did, for both Bluff and Jerry shook
+their heads in the negative, while the last named
+remarked:</p>
+
+<p>"He was busy working at something or other
+this morning. I didn't get on to it, and meant to
+ask him, but forgot all about it. I saw him fasten
+a piece of rope around him and enclose a
+tree out there. It made me laugh at the time,
+and only that Bluff called me just then I would
+have joshed him about trying to play Indian, and
+tying himself face on to a tree."</p>
+
+<p>Frank chuckled at hearing that.</p>
+
+<p>"You've given me a clue already, Jerry," he
+observed. "I remember that Will seemed set
+on getting a picture of that osprey nest he had
+discovered. You know the old trick some South
+Sea islanders practice when climbing cocoanut
+trees is to have a loop around the trunk and
+their own body, then barefooted hoist themselves
+bit by bit, always raising the loop as they go."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Whew! and so Will thought he could do
+the same thing, did he, and get up to the first
+limb high above his head. But say, Frank, what
+if something has happened to him?"</p>
+
+<p>Jerry looked uneasy when he said this, and
+Bluff, too, picked up his hat as though ready to
+set out in search of Will.</p>
+
+<p>"We must look into this, that's a fact, boys!"
+declared Frank; whereupon they hurried out of
+doors.</p>
+
+<p>"Listen!" cried Frank almost immediately.
+"Seems to me I heard a call some distance away
+and along the shore. Yes, there it is again, and
+I reckon that's our chum giving tongue. He
+must be in difficulty and he needs help, so come
+on," at which the three of them started to run
+at full speed eastward.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI</h2>
+
+<h3>THE HOME OF THE OSPREY</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Coming, Will!" shouted Bluff as he ran back
+of Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"This way, along the shore!" they plainly heard
+a voice call from some distance away.</p>
+
+<p>Of course anxious thoughts chased through
+the minds of the three boys as they hurried along.
+Will was evidently in trouble. Bluff, remembering
+the ospreys, pictured him lying at the foot
+of a tall tree with perhaps one of his legs broken.
+That would be an awkward condition of affairs
+to be sure, with their camp so far removed from
+real civilization.</p>
+
+<p>Jerry, too, was imagining something of the
+sort, and wondering if they would have to make
+a litter in order to carry poor Will back to the
+cabin. He even went further and considered the
+question as to how they could take him to a doctor;
+or else force the old hermit of the Dennison
+estate to let them carry their injured comrade
+there.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Not so Frank. He had already made the discovery
+that the voice came from up in the air,
+and hence had quite settled in his mind what
+had happened.</p>
+
+<p>"He got up all right, you see, fellows," was the
+way Frank explained it to the others, "but it
+wasn't so easy to creep down again. Perhaps he
+dropped the rope he had used, and couldn't clasp
+the trunk of the tree because it was so large."</p>
+
+<p>"We'll soon know," ventured Jerry, "because
+I can see one of the fish-hawks flying over that
+tall tree, and I guess the nest must be in that."</p>
+
+<p>"Here he is over here, you see," observed
+Frank. "He figured out that with the sun heading
+into the west he ought to get on that side of
+the nest in order to make a fine picture. So he
+climbed up and settled himself, waiting until the
+mother bird came with a fish for the fledglings,
+which may have taken hours."</p>
+
+<p>"I see him!" cried Bluff. "There, he's waving
+to us now! And I'm glad to know our chum
+hasn't gone and broken a leg; for besides the pain
+to him it would upset all our fine plans for a
+good time up here."</p>
+
+<p>Will was sitting astride the lowermost limb of
+an enormous tree standing about forty or fifty
+feet to the west of the one in which the nest of
+the ospreys could be plainly seen, close to the top<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span>.</p>
+
+<p>Will grinned sheepishly as his chums came
+underneath. He was some thirty feet from the
+ground as his legs dangled over the lowermost
+limb. And Frank, remembering his theory, on
+looking at the base of the tree discovered that the
+rope loop did lie there. Will had inadvertently
+allowed it to slip from his grasp after reaching
+the lower branch and clambering up on to it.</p>
+
+<p>He had removed his shoes and socks in order
+to make good use of his toes in climbing, just as
+do the blacks of the cocoanut islands. But
+later on, after getting his long delayed pictures
+of the old osprey feeding its fledglings, when the
+ardent photographer attempted to descend the
+big tree he found it an impossible task.</p>
+
+<p>The trunk was far too thick for him to clasp
+with arms and legs. Will was not an athlete,
+though able to climb an ordinary tree if pushed.
+He always claimed that he could go up any kind
+if a bull were after him; but evidently here was
+a tree he could not descend, at least.</p>
+
+<p>Just how long he had sat there on that lower
+limb trying to conjure up some possible plan that
+would take him in safety to the ground, they
+never knew. Will felt a little ashamed to be
+found in such a plight, and kept putting off his
+call for assistance as long as he dared.</p>
+
+<p>When, however, he found that night was only<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span>
+an hour or so off, and realized that unless he
+pocketed his pride, he stood a chance of spending
+many gloomy hours aloft with only the osprey
+family for neighbors, he started to shout.</p>
+
+<p>"If only I had that loop up here I could get
+down easily enough, I think, Frank," he called
+out as the three boys lined up below him.</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps you could, and again there's some
+doubt whether you'd be able to get inside the
+loop," Frank told him. "The easiest way to do
+is for one of us to run back to the cabin and
+fetch our rope. With a few trials I can toss the
+end into your hands or over the limb, then you
+can lower yourself."</p>
+
+<p>Both Jerry and Bluff agreed that this was a
+good plan. The former even offered to act as
+messenger and get the article needed for the rescue
+work. He was gone only a short time, during
+which Frank asked a few questions, and
+learned that Will believed he had secured a number
+of "cracking good" pictures of the osprey
+group that would make a fine addition to his collection.</p>
+
+<p>Frank made several casts upward before he
+was able to send the end of the rope over the limb,
+and within reach of the straddling boy. It proved
+to be just long enough, doubled, to reach within
+five feet of the ground.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"First I want to make sure of my camera,"
+Will told them, and as they knew he would positively
+refuse to budge an inch unless his treasured
+black box were taken care of, Jerry told him to
+lower away.</p>
+
+<p>After that had been done Will prepared to trust
+himself on the doubled rope.</p>
+
+<p>"Have a care," said Frank, "and make sure of
+each grip as you go. There, you're all right now,
+I guess, so come along down."</p>
+
+<p>"Take it slow if you don't want to burn your
+hands, Will!" Bluff cautioned him.</p>
+
+<p>Without accident, Will managed to reach the
+ground. His first act was to snatch up his camera
+and look it over, sighing with satisfaction when
+he found it had received no injury.</p>
+
+<p>"Get on your shoes and come along back
+home," Frank advised him, and the exciting little
+incident was closed.</p>
+
+<p>Later on Will told them how patiently he had
+sat there, perched in the top of the tall tree next
+to the one containing the fish-hawks' nest, and
+waiting for a good chance to take the picture he
+wanted.</p>
+
+<p>"The wind blew at first, and the treetop rocked
+so that it almost made me sea-sick," he went on
+to say, with a sigh; "but after an hour or so this
+let up. Then came one of the ospreys with a big<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span>
+fish in its claws, and I began to get busy. I
+snapped off every bit of the film as I saw fine
+group pictures come up; and I do hope they all
+turn out well."</p>
+
+<p>As he had a daylight developing tank with him
+he wasted little time in ascertaining this fact. His
+exuberant shouts announced later on that his
+success was all the heart of any ambitious amateur
+photographer could wish for. And indeed,
+when the exposed films were passed around after
+they had sufficiently dried it was seen that Will
+had done himself justice, for they were perfectly
+clear.</p>
+
+<p>Frank himself could easily understand just how
+this fad was able to grip any one who took it up.
+He believed that it was much more interesting and
+profitable than hunting with a gun. In the one
+case all the result consisted of game that was soon
+eaten and forgotten; but those instructive pictures
+of timid animals and wild birds would give pleasure
+for an unlimited time.</p>
+
+<p>"There's one thing I think we ought to get
+busy about, fellows," Frank remarked that evening
+as they sat around the rough table enjoying
+the supper Jerry had prepared; "and that is see
+what can be done about laying in a fresh stock
+of butter and eggs."</p>
+
+<p>"Our supply of both is about down to the limit,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span>
+for a fact," admitted Bluff, who was unusually
+fond of eggs, "fried, boiled, scrambled, and, in
+fact, any old way," as he himself always declared.</p>
+
+<p>"Have you any plan by which we can get a
+new lot, and perhaps some fresh milk in the bargain?"
+Will sought to learn.</p>
+
+<p>"So far as we know, there's only one house
+within several miles of this place," explained
+Frank, "and that belongs to the man they call a
+hermit because he keeps to himself, and never
+goes to town&mdash;Aaron Dennison."</p>
+
+<p>"A likely chance we'd have of getting any supplies
+from him, I should say!" grumbled Jerry;
+but Bluff was quick to make a proposal.</p>
+
+<p>"If you are thinking of going up that creek,
+and paying a visit to Aaron, I hope you will
+choose me to go along. Remember, I spoke
+first!" he called out.</p>
+
+<p>Will looked disappointed. He had hoped that
+if ever they decided to call on the crabbed owner
+of the Dennison estate he might be along with
+his camera. And seeing this disappointed expression
+cross his face, Frank easily understood
+what it signified.</p>
+
+<p>"Another time you can come, Will," he explained.
+"Just now we don't even know whether
+there really is a house inside of five miles. It's<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span>
+only hearsay with us, you remember. If we
+should manage to get friendly with Aaron, why,
+we'll be apt to wander up there many times, and
+you may come across your chance before a great
+while."</p>
+
+<p>With that, Will had to rest content. In fact,
+he had another little plan of his own in mind,
+which he meant to work out on the following
+day. Frank suspected as much, though he really
+hoped it would not be of the same risky nature
+as getting the snapshots of the ospreys.</p>
+
+<p>In the morning the two who had planned to
+follow up the stream and learn if it passed
+through the estate of Aaron Dennison waved
+their hands to Jerry and Will, after which they
+started along the shore.</p>
+
+<p>After they reached the creek at the point
+where it emptied into the bay, they turned their
+backs on the big water, and plunged into the thick
+growth.</p>
+
+<p>"How about this thing, Frank; do you really
+and truly mean this expedition to be a foraging
+one, with fresh eggs and butter in view; or is it
+that you just hope to get in touch with old Aaron
+Dennison, and see what a genuine hermit looks
+like?"</p>
+
+<p>Bluff put this direct question after they had
+been making their way along the tortuous bank<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span>
+of the winding creek for nearly half an hour.
+Such difficulties as crossed their path had been
+easily overcome, for both boys were pretty good
+woodsmen, and accustomed to getting around in
+the wilderness.</p>
+
+<p>"Take my word for it," he was assured by his
+chum, "I'm out for the grub above all things;
+though of course I admit to having a little
+curiosity about this mysterious Mr. Dennison.
+I've heard a lot of queer things about his doings.
+He has a pretty fine place away up here, but
+keeps it surrounded by a high fence, and they
+even say it has a strand or two of terrible barbed
+wire on top of the fence, to discourage any one
+from climbing over."</p>
+
+<p>"Gee whiz! I hope he doesn't own a pack of
+wolf dogs that would make a jump for stray boys
+that chanced to get in the grounds."</p>
+
+<p>"I asked particularly about that," said Frank,
+who somehow seemed to think of nearly everything,
+"and no one could remember ever seeing
+any around. So just as like as not the old man
+doesn't fancy dogs."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, there are people who shiver every time
+they meet a collie or a mastiff," admitted Bluff,
+"though for my part I've always liked all breeds.
+I believe a dog is man's best friend, as faithful
+as life itself."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Well, here we are," remarked Frank, with a
+ring of satisfaction in his voice.</p>
+
+<p>"It's a high fence, sure enough," said Bluff,
+"with barbed wire strung across where the creek
+comes out under it, so even a fox would find it
+hard to get through. How shall we manage it,
+Frank?"</p>
+
+<p>"First of all, we'll move along the fence.
+There may happen to be a board loose where
+we can slip through. That would be better than
+trying the gate, to be turned down flat-footed."</p>
+
+<p>They had not gone fifty feet before Bluff discovered
+the loose board they sought. It required
+only a small amount of agility to pass through
+the opening, after which they walked along
+through the woods on the other side of the high
+fence.</p>
+
+<p>Presently they came in sight of a long, low
+house, which was half hidden amidst dense foliage,
+and looked, as Bluff called it, "spooky."</p>
+
+<p>Straight up to the door of this building the
+two boys strode, and Frank without hesitation
+rapped loudly with his knuckles.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII</h2>
+
+<h3>THE CHAINED DOOR</h3>
+
+
+<p>It seemed to the two boys that Frank's knock
+sounded weirdly through the house, though it did
+not bring any immediate result. Accordingly, he
+again brought his knuckles against the door
+panel, this time with even greater force than before.</p>
+
+<p>"That fetched them, Frank," muttered Bluff.
+"I can hear somebody shuffling along the hall
+and heading this way."</p>
+
+<p>Presently they heard a bolt withdrawn, a rather
+ponderous affair it seemed; and somehow this
+struck Frank as rather queer. Why should any
+one living so far away from town, and off the
+beaten track of travel, take such pains to secure
+his door?</p>
+
+<p>"Gee whiz! I shouldn't think they'd ever be
+bothered with hoboes or sneak thieves away up
+in this part of the country," whispered Bluff,
+who always had a mind of his own and was hard
+to repress.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The door was slowly and cautiously opened.
+Frank saw that it was still held by a stout chain,
+so that no one outside could enter against the
+will of the inmates. It made him think of one
+of the old feudal castles he had lately been reading
+about in Sir Walter Scott's romances, where
+they had draw-bridges, moats, and a port-cullis
+to protect them against assault.</p>
+
+<p>A face was seen in the narrow opening. It
+was an old face, wrinkled, so that at first Frank
+imagined it might belong to Aaron himself.
+Then he discovered his mistake, for the white
+hair belonged to a woman, evidently the housekeeper
+of the hermit.</p>
+
+<p>She looked more or less frightened at first,
+and no wonder, because such a resounding knock
+as Frank had given might have seemed backed
+by authority. When she discovered just two
+friendly looking boys standing there astonishment
+crept over the features of the woman.</p>
+
+<p>"Who are you, and what do you want?" she
+asked a little sharply, as though annoyed because
+they had given her such a sudden start.</p>
+
+<p>"My name is Frank Langdon, and this is my
+chum, Bluff Masters. We are camping for our
+holidays down in the old cabin on the Point. We
+ran out of butter and eggs, and came up here
+hoping we might be able to buy some."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Frank made it as simple as he could. He did
+not even mention the fact that they had ever
+heard there was such a singular person as Aaron
+Dennison in all the wide world. It was his intention
+to appear as though he looked upon this
+place as an ordinary farmhouse, where hospitality
+might be supposed to abide, and a friendly
+call on the part of decent boys would not be taken
+amiss.</p>
+
+<p>The woman looked a little more keenly at
+Frank, but at the same time she shook her head
+in the negative. Bluff grunted to himself. He
+took that as a bad sign, and immediately concluded
+that they would have to go back to camp
+with as empty hands as they had come.</p>
+
+<p>"Nothing doing," was what Bluff was saying
+to himself just then, while the old housekeeper
+hesitated; "she's got her orders. Old Aaron
+doesn't fancy boys, I guess. We'll be mighty
+lucky if he doesn't see fit to order us out of that
+cabin we've gone to all the trouble to fix bang-up."</p>
+
+<p>Then the housekeeper spoke.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm sorry, but you mustn't expect to get anything
+here. This place belongs to Mr. Aaron
+Dennison. No doubt you have heard of him.
+He has lived here almost alone for many years
+now, and will brook no intrusion. That is why<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span>
+the fence has been built around the estate, with
+the wire on top, and locked gates. How did you
+get inside?"</p>
+
+<p>"We came to a loose board and passed
+through, not meaning any harm," replied Frank,
+who imagined the old housekeeper was inclined
+to be human, but having her strict orders from
+her employer dared not act in a friendly manner
+toward them.</p>
+
+<p>"I shall have to report your being here to Mr.
+Dennison, and I am afraid that he will be very
+much annoyed. He would never brook intruders,
+and has a violent temper when aroused. I
+hope you will go away at once, and come no
+more."</p>
+
+<p>"Then you can't let us have any supplies, I
+suppose?" asked Bluff, bent on squeezing the
+orange dry, and not throwing the skin away as
+long as there remained a single chance for extracting
+a drop of juice.</p>
+
+<p>"I would not dare to do it, though if I had
+my own way&mdash;but no matter, you must not stay
+here a minute longer. Even now he may have
+heard the knock, and come to investigate. It is
+most unusual; we have not had a visitor for
+years. I wish I could oblige you, but it is impossible.
+Good-bye!"</p>
+
+<p>With that she closed the door in the faces of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span>
+the astonished, as well as amused, campers, and
+Bluff burst into a series of low chuckles.</p>
+
+<p>"Wow! but doesn't that beat the Dutch?" he
+exclaimed, as though overpowered by the humorous
+aspect of the adventure. "Listen to her
+pushing that monster bolt into its socket. Gee
+whiz! I never knew before I looked so dangerous.
+I'll have to cultivate a new sort of grin,
+because the one I practice now didn't have any
+effect on the old lady."</p>
+
+<p>"Let's move along, Bluff. There's no use in
+our staying here any longer after having the
+door slammed in our faces," said the amazed
+Frank.</p>
+
+<p>Together they started slowly away from the
+house, glancing back curiously over their shoulders
+several times, for they wished to remember
+what the mysterious building looked like.</p>
+
+<p>"Will must manage to get up here some time,"
+Bluff was saying, "because I'd just like to have
+him get a picture of the place as we see it now.
+Then if ever we happen to hear anybody speak
+of old Dennison and his hide-out we can flash
+that view before them."</p>
+
+<p>They had almost reached the place where the
+loose board had afforded them ingress to the
+enclosed grounds belonging to the estate when a
+strange sound came stealing to their ears. Both<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span>
+boys instantly stopped and listened to learn if it
+was repeated, but such did not come to pass.</p>
+
+<p>"What in the dickens do you suppose that
+was, Frank?" demanded Bluff, turning his face,
+marked by a commingling of wonder and awe,
+on his comrade.</p>
+
+<p>"Tell me what you think first," the other
+replied.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll be switched if I know, Frank! It just
+went through me like a knife, it was so queer.
+If this were the middle of the night now I might
+mention ghosts, because if there were such
+things I'd imagine them making just about that
+sort of a sound."</p>
+
+<p>Frank laughed at that.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, since this is broad daylight," he observed,
+"and ghosts are said never to walk except
+around twelve at night, we'll have to look somewhere
+else for our explanation. Now I've known
+a chained dog to make a noise like that, a sort
+of half bay, half growl that would give you a
+start until you found out the cause."</p>
+
+<p>"But we've understood they keep no dog up
+here," urged Bluff. "And if they did have one
+wouldn't he have scented us, and started barking
+long ago?"</p>
+
+<p>"What you say sounds reasonable enough,
+Bluff," Frank admitted. "It couldn't have been<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span>
+a donkey braying either, because we know how
+they drag it out. Besides unless I'm mistaken
+the sound came straight from the direction of
+the house itself."</p>
+
+<p>"Sure it did," said Bluff, as they started to
+pass through the gap that could be made by
+swinging the loose board aside. "I wonder if
+old Aaron learned of our being there, and gave
+that yawp to show his anger. I'm almost sorry
+now we didn't meet the gentleman face to face."</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps it's just as well, from what the
+housekeeper said," replied Frank, although secretly
+he was even more disappointed than his chum.</p>
+
+<p>"Then of course you wouldn't dream of going
+back to look around in hopes of finding out what
+that queer noise, almost like a shriek, meant?"
+pursued Bluff, in a wheedling tone.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess not this time," decided the other; "it's
+really none of our business, you know, and our
+errand at the Dennison place has ended in smoke.
+We'll have to settle on trying at that village we
+can see miles away along the lake shore. Perhaps
+to-morrow you and Jerry can take the boat
+and row over there."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! Barkis is willing, all right, because we
+just can't keep house without our fresh eggs and
+butter, you know."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>So it was settled. Bluff, always desiring action,
+was satisfied with this half plan made for the future.
+In his active mind he began immediately to
+picture all sorts of exciting things happening on
+the contemplated cruise along the lake shore to
+the distant village in search of the needed supplies.</p>
+
+<p>Frank happened to come upon what looked
+like an old path leading toward the lake, and
+decided to follow it instead of keeping down the
+stream with its zigzag course. Sure enough it
+took them directly to Cabin Point, although in
+many places the bushes had sadly overgrown the
+trail, and walking was not easy.</p>
+
+<p>"Still, you must notice," Frank remarked,
+"that some one has come along this way every
+once in a while, because there are footprints,
+and the twigs have been bent down."</p>
+
+<p>"Mebbe one of the men employed on the Dennison
+place comes down for a swim, or to look
+after some night line he's set here for trout,"
+suggested Bluff.</p>
+
+<p>On their arrival at the camp, the two boys
+had to give an account of their little adventure
+in detail, for the benefit of those who had stayed
+behind. Will in particular asked many eager
+questions.</p>
+
+<p>"If you ever go up there again, Frank," he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span>
+told the other seriously, "I do hope I shall be
+along."</p>
+
+<p>"And I think I can promise you that, Will,"
+replied the other smilingly, as if even then entertaining
+some thought of a second trip to the
+place, though evidently he did not care to go
+deeper into the subject.</p>
+
+<p>Bluff soon started to talk of the trip he and
+Jerry were to make to the distant village on the
+next day. Whenever he had a thing on his
+mind Bluff was apt to chatter about it unendingly.</p>
+
+<p>"We've just got to have those supplies, you
+understand, Jerry," he told the other, "and since
+there was nothing doing up at the Dennison
+ranch, why, our next job is to see if we can
+make that settlement we glimpse off yonder."</p>
+
+<p>"How far away do you reckon it is?" asked
+the interested Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>"If you look in my pack, boys," Frank spoke
+up just then, "you'll find a pair of small but
+powerful glasses. They may help you figure it
+out, and may give some idea how the shore lies
+between Cabin Point and the village."</p>
+
+<p>Bluff went hurriedly for the glasses, and when
+he returned he and Jerry amused themselves for
+a long time.</p>
+
+<p>They decided that the village lay all of eight
+miles off in a straight line, and concluded it<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span>
+would be a pretty long row in case they chanced
+to meet contrary wind. In that case the waves
+would bother them not a little.</p>
+
+<p>Bluff presently proposed that they try to equip
+the old boat with some sort of sail. Then should
+they be favored with a wind setting in the right
+quarter this would save them much hard labor.</p>
+
+<p>Jerry seized the idea eagerly, and before long
+they were hard at work trying to rig up a makeshift
+mast and sail out of such material as they
+could find. It was hardly likely to pass muster so
+far as looks went, but both boys believed they
+could make it useful, given half a chance.</p>
+
+<p>That night around the table the talk was
+largely of the events of the day, and what the
+morrow was apt to bring forth. Jerry and Bluff
+entertained high hopes that they were bound to
+be successful in their foraging expedition; and
+already counted on an abundance of supplies.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII"></a>CHAPTER VIII</h2>
+
+<h3>WHEN THE FLASHLIGHT TRAP WORKED</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Frank, I'm going to ask you to give me a
+little help in setting my flashlight trap before we
+go to bed to-night," remarked Will, when they
+were sitting in front of the fire.</p>
+
+<p>The evening air was nearly always cool, even
+after a warm day, and it seemed so "jolly," as
+Jerry called it, to have a small fire crackling
+on the hearth while they sat around engaged in
+various tasks and in chatting.</p>
+
+<p>"Then you must have settled on a place from
+tracks you have found?" inquired Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, yes, and pretty close to the cabin in
+the bargain," answered the other, whose one
+hobby had become this method of securing
+strange pictures of small wild animals caught
+while in the act of taking the bait in their native
+haunts.</p>
+
+<p>"What species are you after this time?" asked
+Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"Somehow I never get an absolutely perfect<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span>
+snapshot of a 'coon. It seems as if every one
+has some kind of a blemish; and I told myself
+that while we were up here at Cabin Point that
+fault must be remedied if I tried a dozen times.
+And judging from the tracks of this fellow I
+think he must be a dandy. I only hope his barred
+tail shows plainly in his picture."</p>
+
+<p>"That's so," spoke up Bluff, "because his
+shrewd face and his striped tail make up the
+main part of any raccoon."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, if the job has to be done, Will, I'd just
+as soon go with you now. I'll carry my little
+hand torch, which ought to give us all the light
+needed, since you say it's close at hand."</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly Will jumped up eagerly to get the
+necessary things, including the stout cord which
+was to be used to start the trigger of the trap
+into action, and set the flashlight going.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm ready Frank, if you are," he soon announced;
+and together they went forth on their
+errand, Will just as excited as any hunter could
+be when creeping up on some coveted game.</p>
+
+<p>Frank immediately noticed one thing, which
+was that his companion led him along in the direction
+he and Bluff had taken when coming from
+the Dennison place. Indeed when the other finally
+decided that they had arrived at the spot where
+he had discovered the marks made by the big<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span>
+raccoon in passing to and from the water's edge,
+Frank saw evidences of the identical path he
+and Bluff had followed all the way down. He
+did not give the fact another thought just then;
+there was no reason for doing so, since in his
+mind it was merely a little coincidence.</p>
+
+<p>Having had considerable experience in arranging
+these clever little traps by which roving night
+prowlers were made to be their own photographers,
+Will knew just how to go about it. He
+fixed his camera in an immovable position, and
+focussed it in such a fashion that it would catch
+any object chancing to be within a certain radius
+at the second the cartridge was fired by means
+of the cord, pulled by the animal at the bait.</p>
+
+<p>"That seems to be as fine as silk," announced
+Will, after bending down several times in order
+to change the camera a trifle, "and if only Mr.
+'Coon comes tripping along here to-night he will
+get his sitting. If you happen to find yourself
+waked up by a dazzling flash, Frank, please poke
+me out, because I'd like to come and get my
+camera. It might rain later in the night, you
+see, and ruin it for me."</p>
+
+<p>Frank, knowing how much store his comrade
+set by that little black box, readily gave the
+desired promise. He entered into all these delightful
+schemes engineered by Will with his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span>
+whole heart. Will had always been different
+from Bluff and Jerry. Even on their big hunt
+out in the Rocky Mountains he had never cared
+as much for getting prize game as the others, his
+disposition being more gentle.</p>
+
+<p>Later on the boys concluded it was time to go
+to bed, since the day had been a busy one for all.
+Besides, the two who were to row the boat sixteen
+miles, more or less, on the following day
+expected to have their hands full.</p>
+
+<p>Some time later all of them were suddenly
+awakened. It was Bluff who gave the loud exclamation
+that aroused the others. He afterwards
+explained that he chanced to be lying
+awake at the time when a sudden blinding glare
+dazzled him, which at first he thought to be
+lightning, though puzzled because no thunder accompanied
+the flash.</p>
+
+<p>"What is it?" shrilled Jerry, bumping his
+head as he tried to sit up in such great haste;
+for the three had opened their eyes in time to
+catch a part of the fierce glare.</p>
+
+<p>Will was already tumbling out of his bunk,
+and could be heard chuckling to himself as he
+started to put on some clothes in the darkness.</p>
+
+<p>"Frank, he did it, all right, you see!" was what
+Will exclaimed in tones that fairly trembled with
+eagerness.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh! Great Jehoshaphat! all this row about a
+measly old 'coon sitting for his picture!" grumbled
+Jerry, falling back again, and apparently
+meaning to seek once more relief in slumber,
+if the bump on his forehead did not hurt too
+much.</p>
+
+<p>"Better take my hand torch along with you,
+Will," advised Frank, not thinking it worth
+while to accompany the other.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you, I guess I will, Frank, because it's
+pretty dark out there. I'll be back in a jiffy."</p>
+
+<p>"Whoop it up if the cats tackle you, Will,"
+called out Bluff, but even if the other heard this
+vague intimation of peril he was too filled with
+enthusiasm to pay any heed to it, for he kept
+straight on.</p>
+
+<p>A short time afterwards Frank heard him returning.
+Then the light came into the cabin,
+and Will set down his camera.</p>
+
+<p>"The trap was sprung then, was it?" asked
+Frank sleepily, upon noting this action on the
+other's part.</p>
+
+<p>"Just what it was! and I certainly hope I got a
+cracking good picture that time. Old Br'er 'Coon
+didn't run away with the bait, though, I noticed.
+It was still there, as good as ever."</p>
+
+<p>"Must have been too badly scared to think of
+eating," remarked Frank, and as the torch was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span>
+extinguished just then, and Will tumbled into
+his bunk, no more was said.</p>
+
+<p>The rest of the night passed in perfect peace.
+By now the boys had grown used to hearing the
+squirrels or other small animals running over the
+top of the cabin, and paid little attention to the
+sounds at any time, night or day. So long as
+they did not drop down the chimney and destroy
+some of the food, Frank and his chums did not
+mean to do anything to disturb the merry little
+creatures as they played hide-and-seek over the
+roof.</p>
+
+<p>Another day found them all up betimes. Those
+who cared to do so took a plunge in the cold
+waters of the lake and rubbed down afterwards,
+feeling all the better for the experience. Will,
+however, wanted to discover what luck he had
+had with his first flashlight exposure of the
+season; and so he started preparations looking
+to the development of that particular film,
+which he could easily do after breakfast was
+over.</p>
+
+<p>It devolved on Frank to get breakfast that
+morning. Bluff and Jerry, having hit upon a
+better way in which to use the sail they had
+fashioned with so much care on the previous
+afternoon, were already busily engaged in making
+changes, just as though for once they were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span>
+not thinking of the eternal food question, except
+so far as new supplies went.</p>
+
+<p>But then Frank could fry the sliced ham as
+well as any one, and he soon had the coffee, the
+toast, the fried potatoes, and the meat on the
+table, after which he called the others.</p>
+
+<p>"Take notice that this is the last of our butter,
+fellows," remarked the cook as he helped
+each one in turn to a generous portion of what
+had just been taken, piping hot, off the red coals
+on the hearth.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! that's all right, Frank," said Bluff carelessly,
+"we expect to have plenty more here before
+sunset, don't we, Jerry?"</p>
+
+<p>"Simply got to," replied his ally, "if we find it
+necessary to raid some farmer's hen-coop, gather
+up the eggs, wring the necks of two pullets, clean
+out his dairy, and leave the ready cash on the
+windowsill to settle the bill."</p>
+
+<p>"We're glad to hear you talk that way,"
+laughed Will. "For one I'm going to make up
+my mouth for fried eggs to-night, unless it's
+chicken on the half shell."</p>
+
+<p>"No danger of that up here in the country; all
+the eggs are guaranteed fresh by the farmer
+tribe, you know," asserted Bluff.</p>
+
+<p>"That guarantee doesn't always go with me,"
+Jerry observed. "It's generally the smart farmer<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span>
+who finds a hen trying to sit under the barn
+floor, and gathers up the seventeen eggs to ship
+with what he has in stock. They're as bad as
+the next one when it comes to deceiving the poor
+public."</p>
+
+<p>"You'll just have to excuse me now, because
+I've had all I want; and to tell you the truth
+I'm just wild to see what my Br'er 'Coon looks
+like. If he doesn't show up, tail and all, I'll have
+to try for him again, that's all."</p>
+
+<p>With that remark Will hurried off, just as
+Frank expected he would, for he had noticed how
+the other hastened with his breakfast. Bluff
+and Jerry took longer, because both of them
+realized they might be hours on the journey.
+The village was possibly further away than they
+thought; and it was just as well that they "laid
+in a good foundation to start with," as Jerry
+sensibly observed.</p>
+
+<p>"Make the start whenever you get ready, fellows,"
+remarked Frank. "I'll look after the
+dishes, and the bunks too, when the blankets are
+aired. It seems as if you might have a smooth
+sea to begin with."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but you see we've been banking on some
+wind from the right quarter," observed Bluff, "in
+order to make good use of our sail. I'm fond
+of lying back at my ease in a boat, and letting<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span>
+the breeze do all the work. There's nothing like
+it, eh, Jerry?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well, if you notice the way the clouds
+are moving slowly, and then watch the tiny ripple
+on the bay, you'll reckon that when the wind does
+come up it's going to favor us. We may even
+get too much of a good thing before we're
+done."</p>
+
+<p>"Remember, fellows," Frank cautioned them,
+"that old boat isn't to be wholly depended on. I
+calked the seams the best way I could, but the
+wood's a bit rotten, and there's always danger
+that the oakum may work loose. Then the water
+would come in through the open seams in bucketfuls.
+So my advice to you is, keep fairly close to
+the shore all the time, even when cutting off
+coves."</p>
+
+<p>"That is, you mean keep within swimming
+distance," added Jerry, "which we'll be sure to
+do, Frank, make your mind easy. A fellow
+that's fated to be hanged doesn't want to go
+and cheat things by being just simply drowned,
+you know."</p>
+
+<p>"Hello! there's Will broken loose!" exclaimed
+Bluff.</p>
+
+<p>"Just hear him whoop it up, will you?" added
+Jerry. "And here he comes on the run right now.
+He's holding a film he's developed, and from<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span>
+the look on his face I'd say he must have gotten
+a corker that shot."</p>
+
+<p>Indeed Frank could see that the approaching
+boy was very much excited; and it was also evident
+that what he was carrying so carefully
+before him had everything to do with his condition.</p>
+
+<p>"Frank, here's something that will make you
+sit up and take notice!" he was calling out. "I
+started to take the picture of a boss 'coon, and
+see what I got, will you?"</p>
+
+<p>Will held the still wet film up so they could
+have it between them and the light. All of the
+boys were accustomed to looking at negatives,
+and figuring out the high lights and the shadows
+in their proper proportion.</p>
+
+<p>What they saw there plainly and clearly delineated
+on the film gave them such a sense of
+surprise that for several seconds none of them
+uttered a single word.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IX" id="CHAPTER_IX"></a>CHAPTER IX</h2>
+
+<h3>THE FORAGING PARTY</h3>
+
+
+<p>"A 'coon on two legs, as sure as you're born,
+Will!" ejaculated Bluff presently.</p>
+
+<p>"It's a man!" cried Jerry. "A man with a
+white beard in the bargain!"</p>
+
+<p>"Frank, it's going to turn out a pretty fair
+picture, don't you think?" demanded the proud
+artist, thinking first of all of the success that
+had crowned his efforts.</p>
+
+<p>"Seems like it, Will," replied the other; "but
+you've certainly given us a big surprise when
+you sprung this on the crowd. He must have
+run across the cord you had connected with the
+trigger of your flashlight apparatus, and it went
+off while he was in the act of falling forward."</p>
+
+<p>"His face doesn't show as well as I'd like,"
+continued Will, reflectively; "but even as it stands
+the chances are we'll find a look of astonishment
+there when I come to get a print."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," remarked Bluff, "who wouldn't look
+staggered if, when he was walking along through<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span>
+the woods, all of a sudden he caught his toe in a
+cord that was stretched across the path, and then
+had what seemed to be a flash of lightning strike
+him in the face?"</p>
+
+<p>"I never happened to go through the experience,"
+confessed Frank; "but I'm pretty sure it
+would give me a fierce jolt."</p>
+
+<p>"But who can the sneaker be, Frank; some
+darky chicken thief prowling around in hopes of
+picking up some of our camp duffle?" asked
+Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>Will turned on him with the scorn an expert
+photographer always displays when he meets
+crass ignorance.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, can't you see from the dark shade of
+his face in the negative, Jerry, that he's a white
+man?" he demanded. "If it were a negro you'd
+see his face almost white here. That point is settled
+without any question."</p>
+
+<p>"All right, Will, I acknowledge the corn,"
+Jerry hastened to say; "but that doesn't bring us
+any nearer a solution of the mystery. Why
+should a white man, and one with a white beard
+at that, be wandering around our camp in the
+night?"</p>
+
+<p>They looked at Frank. It was an old habit
+with the three chums. Whenever an unusually
+knotty point arose that needed attention, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span>
+their powers seemed baffled, Frank was always
+depended on to supply the needed answer.</p>
+
+<p>"So far as I'm concerned, fellows," he told
+them, "I can think of only one old man around
+this vicinity, and that happens to be Aaron Dennison."</p>
+
+<p>"Ginger! why didn't I guess him right away?"
+grumbled Bluff. "Seems as if my wits go wool
+gathering nearly every time there's some sudden
+necessity for thinking up an answer. Course
+it's Aaron, and nobody else!"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," Jerry went on to say, as though not
+wholly convinced; "but what under the sun would
+Aaron be doing here, tell me, and acting suspiciously
+like a thief in the night?"</p>
+
+<p>"Of course we can't say what tempted him to
+come out," Frank observed; "we've never met
+the gentleman face to face, but we have heard
+that he's a queer one. Besides, if you stop to
+think, you'll remember a little circumstance that
+seemed to connect old Aaron with this cabin on
+the Point many years ago."</p>
+
+<p>"It takes you to piece out these things, Frank,"
+admitted Bluff candidly. "Sure! We figured
+that out by finding a part of an old envelope in
+the deserted rat's nest under the floor board."</p>
+
+<p>"Just as like as not," added Jerry, "the old
+chap owns all the ground along the lake shore,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span>
+including this cabin; and if that's so he'd have a
+perfect right to walk out this way whenever he
+chose, at midnight or noon, as the notion struck
+him."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well," remarked Will with a sigh, "he
+spoiled my little game with Br'er 'Coon, though
+I mean to make another try along that line.
+When this film dries, which may be around noon,
+I'll strike off a proof, and then we can see what
+the old hermit looks like."</p>
+
+<p>"One thing goes without saying," chuckled
+Bluff.</p>
+
+<p>"What might that be?" Jerry asked him.</p>
+
+<p>"Our night visitor didn't wait to find out what
+had blinded him on the trail, but must have
+turned and made lickety-split for home."</p>
+
+<p>"Can you blame him?" demanded Will, demurely.
+"Stop and think how you'd feel if all
+of a sudden you got such a shock. Bluff, you
+said you were awake at the time, and heard some
+sort of a sound, didn't you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why yes, I'm dead certain I did; and now
+that we know it was a man who got the scare I
+reckon he gave a little screech. I thought it was
+a yelp from some wild animal at the time, but it
+could have been an exclamation just as well."</p>
+
+<p>They continued to talk about the incident for
+some little time, but although several suggestions<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span>
+were advanced, in the end they were really no
+closer to an explanation of the mystery than
+when they started.</p>
+
+<p>All they knew was that some man, probably
+Aaron Dennison himself, had been walking
+along the old trail leading to the cabin from
+above when his foot caused the concealed trap to
+be sprung.</p>
+
+<p>He must have turned hastily and retreated
+after the flash. What he thought the sudden
+dazzling illumination was caused by, the boys
+had no means of knowing.</p>
+
+<p>Jerry and Bluff were now getting ready to
+start on their mission in search of supplies.
+They both expressed the hope that these could
+all be procured, once they reached the distant
+village on the lake shore, many miles off.</p>
+
+<p>It promised to be an interesting trip, for they
+would pass along a shore neither of them had
+ever examined at close range before. To those
+who love outdoor life there is always a novelty
+about exploration. With new and interesting
+scenes opening up constantly before the eyes the
+senses are kept on the alert.</p>
+
+<p>Bluff even had the temerity to suggest that
+Will loan them his camera for the occasion.</p>
+
+<p>"We might run across some dandy pictures
+that would be worth while snapping off, you<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span>
+know, Will," he went on to say in a wheedling
+tone of voice, which Bluff knew so well how to
+use.</p>
+
+<p>Will, however, shook his head. Usually he
+was of a most accommodating nature; and on
+numerous occasions had willingly entrusted his
+highly valued camera into the keeping of the
+other boys, who knew how to use it almost as well
+as did the owner himself.</p>
+
+<p>"I'd rather not, if it's all the same to you,
+Bluff," he remarked slowly.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! well, just as you say," declared the other,
+shrugging his broad shoulders as though it did
+not matter much after all, and as if taking care
+of the camera might possibly prove a task rather
+than a pleasure; "I reckon you're thinking about
+the chances of my dropping it overboard; or our
+running into a storm where the little old black
+box might get soaked and ruined."</p>
+
+<p>"Not so much that, Bluff, as that I want to
+do some work on the camera," explained Will.
+"There's a little matter that really needs adjusting,
+and I told myself I'd fix it this morning
+sure. Then again I've laid out a scheme for to-day
+that if it works will call for the use of the
+camera."</p>
+
+<p>"That's all right, Will," remarked the other,
+briskly; "it doesn't matter a pin to me, only I<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span>
+thought you mightn't ever be going all the way
+to that village; and something fine could be run
+across between here and there."</p>
+
+<p>He dropped the subject and began to talk with
+Frank about other things. Will looked a little
+uncomfortable. He disliked being thought selfish,
+and seemed almost on the point of changing
+his mind. Then on second thoughts he determined
+to carry out his original plan.</p>
+
+<p>Frank looked over the old boat that had been
+patched up as well as the conditions allowed.</p>
+
+<p>"It seems to hold pretty well," he told the two
+who expected to make use of it during the
+day. "Of course if the lake gets very rough so
+that you pitch about considerably, keep on the
+watch for a sudden inflow of water. The planks
+will hold, but I'm not so sure about the oakum
+I pounded into the open seams."</p>
+
+<p>"But you did a good job, Frank," objected
+Jerry, "and so far none of it seems to have
+started to loosen."</p>
+
+<p>"That's because we haven't had a chance to
+subject it to any big strain," Frank explained.
+"When a boat tosses up and down on the waves
+it gets a terrible wrench with each jerk. I've
+known seams to open at a time like that when
+they were believed to be closed as tight as a
+clam."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well, we mean to follow your advice,
+Frank, and keep fairly close to the shore," Bluff
+promised.</p>
+
+<p>"And if there is any trouble both of us are
+good swimmers, you remember," added Jerry
+confidently. "All I hope is that we get those
+precious eggs packed in a way that they won't be
+scrambled on the journey home. It'd be rough
+now if after all our hard work we had that happen.
+I prefer my eggs boiled or fried every
+time."</p>
+
+<p>None of the four chums as they joked in this
+fashion dreamed of what Fate had in store for
+them before the sun went down behind the
+western horizon. How could they suspect
+when just then the heavens looked so fair and inviting?</p>
+
+<p>"What's that you've got there with you,
+Jerry?" asked Bluff, who had been fixing a
+phantom minnow on a troll, in the expectation
+of picking up a fish or two while they rowed.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! a little cold snack in the shape of grub,"
+explained the other, who on all occasions possessed
+a voracious appetite.</p>
+
+<p>"But don't you remember we planned to be in
+the village long before noon, and expected to get
+dinner there?" protested Bluff.</p>
+
+<p>"All right, that strikes me as a good scheme,"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span>
+came the ready reply; "but with my customary
+caution I'm only insuring against starvation.
+How do we know but what we'll be shipwrecked
+half-way there, and find ourselves up against it?
+For one I don't propose to go hungry when
+there's a chance to save myself."</p>
+
+<p>Bluff laughed on hearing this explanation.</p>
+
+<p>"Trust you to look out for that, Jerry!" he
+declared. "And I suppose that in case we do get
+dinner at the village tavern or a farmhouse, you'll
+be ready to make way with your snack on the
+voyage back?"</p>
+
+<p>"I might be influenced by strong pressure,"
+chuckled the other.</p>
+
+<p>"How about the weather, Frank; see any sign
+of a storm in the offing?" asked Bluff, turning
+to the leader of the camp.</p>
+
+<p>"Nothing in sight right now," he was told;
+"the chances are you'll have clear weather going,
+though there may be some wind behind you.
+What's going to happen in the afternoon is another
+matter. I'm not a weather sharp, and so
+I throw up my hands when you ask me to lift
+the veil."</p>
+
+<p>All being ready, the boys launched their boat.
+Bluff was to use the oars for the first shift.
+When he began to tire he was to call on his
+chum to change places, unless in the meantime<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span>
+the breeze had freshened enough for them to
+make use of their sail.</p>
+
+<p>"Good-bye, fellows!" called out Will; "see you
+later, and take mighty good care of those eggs,
+remember!"</p>
+
+<p>"Listen to him, would you?" jeered Jerry.
+"So long as the hen fruit gets here unbroken
+Will doesn't seem to care what happens to his
+chums. But that's all right, and we hope to turn
+up safe and sound before sunset." And under
+the steady influence of the oars the boat glided
+on until the voices of the boys died away in the
+distance.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_X" id="CHAPTER_X"></a>CHAPTER X</h2>
+
+<h3>TRESPASSERS</h3>
+
+
+<p>The two guardians of the camp at Cabin
+Point, being left to their own devices, set about
+carrying out certain tasks they had in mind.</p>
+
+<p>Frank always found plenty to occupy his attention.
+He could discover numerous ways of
+bettering the conditions of affairs, and took keen
+delight in making changes calculated to lessen
+the friction of camp life.</p>
+
+<p>On his part Will pottered with his camera for
+fully an hour. When in the end he laid it aside
+in working order he was satisfied with what he
+had done.</p>
+
+<p>"I've got it in splendid condition now, Frank,"
+he announced, "and from this time on there'll be
+no danger of a slip when the trap is sprung.
+That's been bothering me a whole lot for some
+time now, and I'm tickled to know the ghost is
+laid."</p>
+
+<p>Every little while he examined the negative he
+had drying, as though anxious to get a proof
+from it when it was in proper condition.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>About eleven o'clock he came to Frank holding
+a browned bit of paper on which the sun had
+printed a very clear picture as taken when the
+flashlight cartridge burned.</p>
+
+<p>"The face shows fairly well," he announced.
+"I'd easily enough recognize the man if ever I
+ran across him, and that's something."</p>
+
+<p>Frank looked long and earnestly at the proof.</p>
+
+<p>"So that's our hermit, is it?" he remarked;
+"the old man they say acts so queerly, and has
+kept to himself up there on his estate for years,
+living the life of a recluse among his books and
+papers. There must be some good reason for
+his acting that way. He's met with some sort
+of terrible disappointment in life it may be; but
+then that's no business of ours."</p>
+
+<p>"But Frank, I was meaning to suggest something
+to you to-day," began Will, looking uncertain,
+as though he did not know just how the
+other might take the proposition he had on the
+tip of his tongue.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! so that's the way the wind blows, does
+it?" remarked Frank, raising his eyebrows as he
+looked at his chum. "Somehow when you declined
+to let Bluff take the camera along with
+him I had an idea you were figuring on some
+scheme. You look like a regular conspirator,
+Will. Out with it before you choke."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Listen then, Frank; I was hoping I might
+coax you to go up there again to-day when I
+could be along."</p>
+
+<p>Frank whistled upon hearing this suggestion.</p>
+
+<p>"I reckon you mean go to the hermit's place,
+Will?" he remarked inquiringly.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, that's just it, Frank, and please, now,
+don't shut down on me too quickly. Say you'll
+think it over, and let me know at noon."</p>
+
+<p>Frank scratched his head as though considering.
+The fact of the matter was he himself had
+a peculiar yearning to make that trip again.
+There is a sort of subtle fascination about prowling
+around forbidden territory. Then the mystery
+connected with the hermit had aroused his
+curiosity. That strange cry, too, lingered in his
+memory even more than Frank cared to confess
+to Bluff.</p>
+
+<p>"But what excuse can we give for trespassing
+if we run across old Aaron, his housekeeper, or
+any man connected with the place?" he asked
+Will.</p>
+
+<p>At that the other smiled calmly.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, you know an amateur photographer
+never wants for a reason when he gets caught
+intruding on private grounds," he explained;
+"his enthusiasm is supposed to tempt him to take
+any risks. And Frank, if we run across any<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span>
+trouble don't hesitate to pile all the blame on me.
+I'm willing to stand for it."</p>
+
+<p>"Is it the house you're aiming to take a picture
+of, Will?"</p>
+
+<p>"Partly that," the other confessed. "You and
+Bluff described it as a strange looking building,
+and worth seeing, so I'm fairly wild to snap it
+off. And then, if we just happened to come on
+Aaron himself, why I might manage to get him
+in focus and click my camera without his knowing
+it. I hope you'll go this time, Frank. Somehow
+I've got my heart set on it."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, perhaps I may, Will. Let the thing
+drop till we're eating our lunch, and then I'll tell
+you what I'll do."</p>
+
+<p>"Good for you, Frank!" exclaimed Will, beaming
+on his chum, for somehow he must have
+guessed that the chances of their going were
+pretty fair.</p>
+
+<p>When noon arrived and they sat down to enjoy
+what had been prepared Will's face looked so
+much like one big interrogation point that Frank
+did not have the heart to keep him longer in
+suspense.</p>
+
+<p>"I see no good reason why we shouldn't wander
+up that way if we feel like it," he went on
+to say, at which the other looked greatly pleased.
+"Of course," Frank continued, "it isn't exactly<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span>
+the right thing for us to crawl through that opening
+in the fence again, especially after we've been
+warned off by the housekeeper; but since you
+say you <i>must</i> get a snapshot of the house, why,
+we'll risk it."</p>
+
+<p>"That's kind of you to agree, Frank."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! I rather guess it's six for you and half
+a dozen for myself," chuckled the other lad;
+"because I own up there's something about
+Aaron's place up there that draws me more than
+I ought to allow. But after all we mean no
+harm, and besides we may not meet any one on
+our trip."</p>
+
+<p>"Remember," added Will, with a grin, "it's
+only returning the old gentleman's visit of last
+night, you know. We want to be neighborly,
+of course."</p>
+
+<p>There was no hurry, since they had the whole
+afternoon ahead of them. Will, however, urged
+a start because he had hopes that they might
+return by a long, roundabout course, and possibly
+pick up some interesting views on the way.</p>
+
+<p>"There are some clouds passing overhead," remarked
+Frank, "and we may get a little thunder
+shower while away; so we'd better fix things
+here shipshape."</p>
+
+<p>This was easily done, though of course they
+did not think to fasten the door in any way. The<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span>
+other two boys might get back before they did,
+and it would be foolish to bar them out of the
+cabin. Besides, what reason had they to fear any
+invasion from tramps up in this lonely section of
+country?</p>
+
+<p>Once started, Will seemed very happy. Frank
+on his part had no great difficulty in following
+the dimly seen trail. From time to time he would
+show his companion the marks of footprints both
+going and coming, and which were other than
+those left by himself and Bluff on the preceding
+day.</p>
+
+<p>"That proves we guessed right when we said
+it was old Aaron who ran against the string of
+your flashlight trap," Frank explained; "and I'd
+give a cooky to know why he was making for
+the cabin at the time."</p>
+
+<p>"You told the housekeeper, didn't you, Frank,
+that we had bunked in the cabin on the point
+jutting out into the bay?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and she may have informed him," Frank
+mused. "Even if he's kept himself up here away
+from everybody for so long, buried in his books,
+old Aaron might have enough curiosity to walk
+down over this trail that he knows so well, just
+to take a look at us."</p>
+
+<p>"If he's half as gruff as they say," suggested
+Will, "he may have meant to order us to vacate<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span>
+the ranch. Then that awful flash came and
+frightened it all out of him."</p>
+
+<p>Other things cropping up caused them to
+change the subject. And in due course of time
+they sighted the high board fence with which
+the strange hermit had surrounded his estate,
+thus warning strollers to keep out.</p>
+
+<p>Will was interested in everything connected
+with the isolated home of the rich and mysterious
+recluse.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course," he remarked, reflectively, "we
+could climb over that fence if we went to a lot
+of trouble, even if it has got a barbed wire
+strand along the top; but it would take more or
+less time. And you said there was an opening
+we could use, didn't you, Frank?"</p>
+
+<p>"It's just ahead a little way, if some one hasn't
+found the loose board and fastened it up securely,"
+replied the pilot of the expedition.</p>
+
+<p>They were pleased to discover that this had
+not happened. The loose board still hung in
+position, and could be easily moved to one side,
+allowing them a ready entry to the enclosed
+grounds.</p>
+
+<p>Neither of them spoke above a whisper as
+they advanced. Frank followed the tracks he
+and Bluff had made when leaving, since these
+marked the shortest route to the building. And<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span>
+it was not long before they caught their first
+glimpse of the house.</p>
+
+<p>The sun happened to be just about right for a
+good picture of the front; Will hoped those
+drifting clouds would not come along in an exasperating
+way, as so often happens in the experience
+of every amateur photographer, and obscure
+the light.</p>
+
+<p>"It's going to make a cracker-jack of a picture,
+Frank!" said Will, eagerly, and in the lowest
+of tones, as though he feared that something
+might still happen to keep him from accomplishing
+his cherished purpose.</p>
+
+<p>"Just what I thought," replied the other, in
+an equally cautious voice; "which was one reason
+I agreed to bring you up here. Get busy now,
+Will."</p>
+
+<p>The boy with the camera glanced about him,
+looking for the proper spot from which to snap
+off his picture. Taking into consideration the
+situation of the sun at that particular minute,
+together with the direction the long, low building
+faced, Will saw that he could get in the entire
+front and the western side.</p>
+
+<p>He moved a little to the left and gauged matters
+with his practiced eye. Being quite a skillful
+operator with the lens and the shutter, Will could
+judge these things much better than any of his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span>
+chums. In a case of this kind at least he had
+no occasion to ask the advice of Frank.</p>
+
+<p>The latter in the meanwhile was looking from
+window to window of the two-story building. It
+must have many rooms, he judged, from the
+number of these openings. He was also wondering
+whether that old and vigilant housekeeper
+would chance to discover the intruders in front
+of the house, and hasten out to warn them away,
+lest they get in trouble with her master.</p>
+
+<p>Then, too, Frank was letting his curiosity have
+free rein again; he remembered the weird cry
+that had come floating to the ears of himself and
+Bluff, giving them such a queer feeling.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing happened to spoil Will's chance of
+getting a good picture. The clouds kept away
+from the sun in the most accommodating way,
+and no gruff keeper of the grounds came along
+with an angry demand that he desist in his undertaking,
+as the owner of the estate did not wish
+the public to see what manner of home he had
+built for himself there behind that towering
+fence.</p>
+
+<p>When Frank heard a slight "click" he knew
+that Will had made at least one exposure, though
+like a cautious photographer he might decide to
+shift his location a trifle and try again, so as to
+make sure of his work.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Their excursion, then, promised to meet with
+success. If only the eccentric owner of the place
+himself should come along and give Will a chance
+to snap his picture off it would be doubly satisfactory.</p>
+
+<p>That was what Frank was saying to himself as
+he stood and waited for Will to complete his
+work. Once he fancied he heard some slight
+sound, like the rustling of bushes, and wondered
+whether, after all, there could be a dog at large
+within the enclosed grounds.</p>
+
+<p>Frank realized that they were intruders, and
+as such could not give any good excuse for being
+there. He decided that they had better linger
+no longer; and was really in the act of turning
+to wave his hand to Will, some twenty feet or
+more away, when something happened that
+stopped his plan.</p>
+
+<p>A voice that was trembling with anger came
+to his ears, and gave him a rude shock.</p>
+
+<p>"How dare you trespass on this private property,
+and even have the assurance to take a picture
+of my house, you young rascals?" was what
+this furious voice said, and turning quickly
+Frank saw the speaker not five feet away from
+him.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XI" id="CHAPTER_XI"></a>CHAPTER XI</h2>
+
+<h3>IN THE BIG TIMBER</h3>
+
+
+<p>Of course it was Mr. Dennison himself.
+Frank could easily have guessed as much from
+the manner in which the other behaved, even had
+he not spoken of the building as "my house."</p>
+
+<p>The first thing Frank settled in his mind was
+that their visitor of the preceding night had been
+Aaron Dennison. The white, close-cropped beard
+told him that. Then he saw that the old gentleman
+held a stout cane in his hand, which he
+had half raised as though sorely tempted to make
+strenuous use of it upon the backs of these two
+ambitious amateur photographers.</p>
+
+<p>Frank knew how to talk, and use soothing
+language. His chums always said he would
+make a good lawyer. Apparently he might go
+a long time before running across a better opportunity
+for smoothing the "ruffled feathers" of an
+angry man than was now offered to him.</p>
+
+<p>"I hope you'll excuse us, Mr. Dennison, for
+entering your grounds to take a picture of your<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span>
+house," he started to say. "We didn't mean
+any harm, and will go away at once, sir."</p>
+
+<p>The man looked sternly at Frank, but the boy
+noticed with a feeling of relief that the half
+upraised stick was slowly lowered. Apparently
+something influenced Aaron Dennison to decide
+not to take the law into his own hands, and use
+that heavy cane on these rash intruders.</p>
+
+<p>"How did you get in here?" he demanded
+abruptly.</p>
+
+<p>"There is a board loose on the fence, sir, and
+we couldn't resist the temptation to come
+through. My chum here is making a hobby of
+taking pictures, and he wanted one of your house,
+because it was so peculiar in its build. I hope
+you won't think too badly of us for intruding."</p>
+
+<p>Aaron Dennison did not take any notice of
+this last remark; but apparently he caught some
+meaning back of Frank's words.</p>
+
+<p>"How did you know my house differed from
+any other one; have you been in here before
+this?"</p>
+
+<p>Evidently the discreet old housekeeper had decided
+not to tell of the former visit of the boys,
+and it was Frank himself who had given the
+secret away. He determined not to evade the
+issue, but continue to be frank with the irate gentleman.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," he said, steadily. "I wandered up
+this way yesterday, and saw the house. It was
+because I was so enthusiastic in my description
+that Will here wanted to come and get a picture
+of it."</p>
+
+<p>"So as to tell every one, I suppose, that it is the
+secluded home of the eccentric old hermit, as I
+believe they call me in the towns where my men
+trade," the other continued with a half sneer.
+"But what are you boys doing up in this section
+of the country? It is the first time for a long
+while that I have seen a stranger about here."</p>
+
+<p>"We are camping, sir, on the lake shore, and
+having a good time for a few weeks, fishing, taking
+pictures, and all that. In our home town
+of Centerville they call us the Outdoor Chums,
+because we love to camp out."</p>
+
+<p>"On the lake shore, you say?" repeated the
+other, looking keenly at Frank. "Tell me, is your
+camp anywhere near Cabin Point?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, we've gone to work, Mr. Dennison, and
+fixed the old cabin all up; and it's there we're
+staying," Frank told him.</p>
+
+<p>"I wonder&mdash;" began the other, frowning, "if
+you had anything to do with startling me last
+night, when I was taking a walk down to the
+lake, as I sometimes do when the spirit moves
+me. Do you know anything about that frightful<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span>
+blinding flash that gave me such a shock I had to
+hurry home?"</p>
+
+<p>"I am afraid we are to blame for that, sir,
+though I give you my word of honor we had no
+idea any human being would spring the trap.
+You see, my chum here is devoted to getting
+flashlight pictures of wild animals and birds in
+their native haunts. To do that he has to place
+his camera at night, and with a bait coax the
+little creature to set the trap off. And it happened,
+sir, that you ran across the cord connected with
+the trigger of the flashlight gun."</p>
+
+<p>"Is this the truth you are telling me, boy?"
+demanded the puzzled hermit.</p>
+
+<p>"Will, do you happen to have that proof with
+you?" called out Frank. Upon hearing this, the
+other hastened up, though there was a satisfied
+smirk on his face, as though he had accomplished
+something daring.</p>
+
+<p>As Frank believed he had heard a soft click
+just before this, he could give a pretty good
+guess as to what the other had been up to.</p>
+
+<p>Upon the proof being produced Frank stepped
+forward and held it out to the old gentleman,
+who took it eagerly. He even smiled faintly as
+he saw himself in the act of falling, and with
+all the elements of sudden surprise and alarm
+connected with his action.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"At least this satisfies me that you had no
+intention of giving me such a bad fright. I
+can forgive you in part, because I, too, am interested
+in photography, which is indeed my only
+recreation nowadays besides reading. But you
+must not come here again. I do not allow intruders,
+and if you had chanced to be seen by
+one of my men the consequences might have
+been unpleasant for you."</p>
+
+<p>"Then we will go away at once, sir," said
+Frank; "though we'll always be glad we met you,
+Mr. Dennison."</p>
+
+<p>The recluse frowned again as though he remembered
+that he had a reason for not wishing
+to hold intercourse with others. And seeing he
+did not mean to continue the conversation any
+further Frank nodded to Will, after which they
+walked away.</p>
+
+<p>When they looked back a minute later Mr. Dennison
+was still standing there as though in a deep
+study. Somehow he interested Frank very much
+indeed, for the boy realized that there must be
+some very good reason for his shunning his
+kind.</p>
+
+<p>They had almost reached the hole in the fence,
+when, just as had happened on the preceding day,
+there came that strange cry. Will thought it
+might be the screech of a peacock, though he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span>
+could not remember having seen such a fowl
+strutting about the lawn.</p>
+
+<p>"It may be what you say," admitted Frank,
+"but when you hear a queer sound under such
+conditions as these it seems different from anything
+you ever ran up against. Bluff thought it
+was a dog chained up; you say a peacock; and
+for my part I hardly know what to believe."</p>
+
+<p>"Anyhow, Frank, I got him all right,"
+chuckled Will.</p>
+
+<p>"Meaning the old hermit, of course," said the
+other. "I thought I heard your shutter click. It
+will be worth something to say you took his picture
+as well as that you got one of his peculiarly
+built house, which I reckon few people have ever
+so much as seen."</p>
+
+<p>"But after all's said and done, Frank, old
+Aaron isn't just the kind of man I always thought
+a real hermit must be. Why, he's a gentleman,
+and not a bit careless of his appearance, the way
+most of them are described to be. He dotes on
+books, they say. And oh, Frank! did you hear
+him admit he was fond of dabbling in amateur
+photography himself?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, that was what he said, Will."</p>
+
+<p>"I wish I could make a good impression on
+old Aaron, then, because like as not he'd have
+some dandy pictures to show. He's got rafts of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span>
+money, you know, and must have traveled a heap
+in his time."</p>
+
+<p>Frank laughed at hearing this.</p>
+
+<p>"Now I wouldn't be surprised," he remarked,
+"if you tried to get thick with our hermit before
+we shut up shop at Cabin Point!"</p>
+
+<p>"I own I'd like to, though I don't think I'll
+have much of a chance, Frank, because you see
+he's shut down on us, and forbidden us to ever
+look in on him after this. Now what do you
+reckon ails the man, and why should he act in
+that way? He must have just soured on the
+world for some reason or other."</p>
+
+<p>They passed outside, and allowed the loose
+board to fall back into its place again. Unless
+one were looking for a break in the fence it
+would be possible to pass by without noticing
+anything wrong there.</p>
+
+<p>"But now since he knows some of us were in
+his grounds twice," lamented Will, "old Aaron
+may give his men orders to search all around till
+they find the break. If they had any sense at
+all they could follow our tracks and come to it.
+But, Frank, how about taking a swing around
+on the way home?"</p>
+
+<p>"You spoke of that before, Will, and as we
+have plenty of time I don't know any reason we
+shouldn't make something of a circuit. I'm as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span>
+curious as you can be to see something of the
+country."</p>
+
+<p>"Likely none of us will ever be up this way
+again," remarked Will, "and so we'd better make
+the most of our opportunities. Besides, there's
+no telling what cracker-jack chances we may
+strike for pictures. I'm always on the lookout
+for anything like that, you remember."</p>
+
+<p>Frank of course knew next to nothing about
+the lay of the ground, but he could give a pretty
+good guess, for he had kept his eyes about him
+all of the time. Accordingly he laid out the
+course they would take.</p>
+
+<p>"Unless we strike something tougher than we
+figure on," he explained to Will, "we ought to
+make the round and be back in camp long before
+sundown."</p>
+
+<p>"What if the other fellows do arrive before
+us," remarked the photographer of the expedition,
+"they can start in to get supper if they're
+half starving. I just feel like making hay while
+the sun shines. This seems to be one of my lucky
+days, because I've already snapped off some pictures
+that ought to be worth while. When we
+start to talking about hermits and such things
+we'll have something to show for it."</p>
+
+<p>Starting off, they were speedily in the heart
+of what seemed to be a dense wood. Will ex<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a></span>pressed
+himself as well pleased with the surroundings,
+and soon discovered some remarkable sights
+that called for the use of his camera.</p>
+
+<p>They pushed on for more than an hour, and
+by that time had covered considerable distance.
+When Frank hinted that perhaps they had better
+turn back Will begged him not to give up just
+then.</p>
+
+<p>"You see we've still plenty of time to make the
+cabin long before dark," he urged, "and I'm sure
+we'll find it worth our while to keep on the way
+we're going. It seems to me the country keeps
+getting rougher the further we push ahead. Already
+I'm just tickled to death with what I've
+seen."</p>
+
+<p>"It's a fact that we've run across as wild a
+section as I've ever met with," admitted Frank.
+"I never would have believed there could be such
+a primitive stretch of land within a hundred miles
+of Centerville. Right now you can look around
+in every direction, and there isn't a sign to show
+that you're not out at the foot of the Rockies, just
+as we found it at the time we had our big hunt."</p>
+
+<p>"At that time, you know, Frank, I hadn't
+caught on to this wild animal photography business.
+What wonderful pictures I could have
+taken then if only I'd known the racket. It keeps
+growing on me all the while, too. Right now<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span>
+I expect I get more of a thrill when I'm snapping
+off the picture of a bull moose bellowing his defiance
+to the guide's call, than you would with
+your rifle at your shoulder ready for a shot."</p>
+
+<p>"I reckon you do, Will, for I can understand
+what you feel. I really believe that if you hadn't
+gone in for the game I'd have picked it up myself.
+But one photographic crank in the party
+is enough; some of us have to stick to the gun in
+order to supply the meat for the camp when
+the season is on."</p>
+
+<p>Frank had been persuaded by Will's logic, and
+he continued to push on, though constantly keeping
+track of conditions. He did not wish to have
+to confess sooner or later that he was lost, which
+would not be so impossible a thing to happen in
+that dense wood.</p>
+
+<p>It was while they were making their way along
+in this fashion toward the middle of the afternoon,
+that, without the slightest warning, there
+came a loud and angry crash of thunder; and
+looking up in a startled way they saw inky black
+clouds gathering overhead.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XII" id="CHAPTER_XII"></a>CHAPTER XII</h2>
+
+<h3>CAUGHT IN THE STORM</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Why Frank! What does this mean?" exclaimed
+the astonished Will, as he stared first at
+his chum, and then up past the lofty tops of the
+forest trees to where those inky thunder-caps
+were thrusting their ugly noses into sight.</p>
+
+<p>"Simply that we've been caught napping for
+once," replied the other, with an expression of
+mingled amusement and disgust on his face; for
+such a thing did not happen very often in the
+experience of a wide-awake fellow like Frank
+Langdon.</p>
+
+<p>"It's going to storm like fun," continued Will,
+with growing apprehension.</p>
+
+<p>"And the first thing we've got to do," his companion
+told him, "is to look for shelter. Under
+these big trees we might find a place to keep
+dry, for there's one that's hollow right now; but
+the danger of its being struck by lightning is too
+great for me to risk."</p>
+
+<p>"Whew! We're in for it, I expect!" cried Will,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span>
+who apparently had received quite a severe shock
+upon making this sudden discovery, when up to
+the time that loud thunder clap startled them
+neither of the boys had suspected anything.</p>
+
+<p>Frank began to look hastily about him. He
+knew what he wanted to find above all things, and
+fortunately the country around that section was
+capable of producing such a safe shelter.</p>
+
+<p>"Hurry along this way, Will!" he called out.
+"If I remember rightly I noticed some outcropping
+ledges back a little bit. We may be lucky
+enough to find shelter under a shelf of rock."</p>
+
+<p>"That's a good idea, Frank," admitted Will, as
+he tried to keep close on the heels of his hurrying
+comrade.</p>
+
+<p>"If the rain will only hold off ten minutes, even
+less, we ought to get to that rocky section, unless
+I miss my guess," Frank threw back over his
+shoulder.</p>
+
+<p>They pushed on with all their vim. Meanwhile
+it grew very dark and forbidding. Will could
+not remember ever to have seen the day swallowed
+up in the gathering shades of night so
+quickly before. It appalled the boy, for he did
+not possess the same unconquerable nature as
+Frank.</p>
+
+<p>One crash of thunder followed another in
+rapid succession. The very earth under their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span>
+flying feet seemed to quiver with the concussions.
+Lightning shot downward with such vivid flashes
+that it fairly blinded them; so that Will's soul
+was filled with awe.</p>
+
+<p>"Frank, oh, Frank!" cried the boy in the rear.</p>
+
+<p>"All right, Will, what is it?" replied the other,
+who kept glancing back at very brief intervals
+to make sure his chum still ran at his heels, for
+he feared that should they ever be separated in
+that gathering gloom it would be impossible for
+them to come together again.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you think we can make it?" demanded the
+other, with a touch of despair in his voice, for
+the situation looked frightfully appalling to Will.</p>
+
+<p>"Sure we will!" he was immediately assured in
+Frank's most cheery fashion. "Right now I can
+see the first of the rocks. Given two more minutes
+at the most and we'll be able to crawl under
+a shelf, and lie there as snug as two bugs in a
+rug."</p>
+
+<p>Frank did not feel any too sanguine himself,
+but he would not let Will know of any fears he
+possessed regarding the possibility of their not
+finding the shelter among the rocks after all.</p>
+
+<p>A terrific peal of thunder drowned their conversation
+for a brief interval, but they were
+pushing resolutely forward all the while. Frank
+was straining those keen eyes of his to some<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span>
+purpose. He knew they were at the border of the
+rough, rocky section now. If only they could run
+upon the friendly outcropping shelf which he
+remembered to have seen at the time they passed
+before, they would find shelter.</p>
+
+<p>All would have been easy enough had they
+been given ordinary daylight so as to look around
+them. The gathering gloom made it very difficult
+to see twenty feet away with any degree of
+certainty. Frank was being guided partly by
+instinct, and the knowledge that he had taken
+his right bearings to start with.</p>
+
+<p>"Frank, I felt the first drop of rain!" shrilled
+Will, filled with a new fear, for he was afraid
+that his pet camera would be ruined should they
+be soaked to the skin, which was a calamity terrible
+enough to break his heart.</p>
+
+<p>Frank did not need to be told of the falling
+rain, for he, too, had discovered the ominous fact
+even before his chum announced it. There was
+nothing to be done but set their teeth grimly and
+bear it. The rocks were now all around them.
+If only they could discover that friendly ledge!</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it's beginning to come down now, because
+I can hear it in the treetops over that way,
+can't you, Frank?"</p>
+
+<p>"What you hear is mostly the wind, Will; but
+that sounds bad enough, I own up. There, I<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span>
+remember that broken tree making a bow above
+the path we followed. And the ledges were close
+by it, I'm dead certain. Come this way, Will;
+chances are we'll run on them right off."</p>
+
+<p>This cheery talk buoyed up the despondent
+spirits of the other, and he set his teeth grimly,
+determined to hold out to the end. Another flash
+that almost blinded them, quickly followed by a
+resounding bellow of thunder, announced that
+the downpour of rain must be very close indeed;
+doubtless it would descend upon them with that
+furious gale of wind.</p>
+
+<p>"Hurrah! here they are, Will! Brace up, old
+fellow, for it's going to be all right!"</p>
+
+<p>So dense had the darkness become that Frank
+found himself relying almost wholly on the electric
+flashes for his illumination. The last brilliant
+charge had disclosed the fact of the near presence
+of the ledges which he had kept in mind so
+long.</p>
+
+<p>Fortune favored them in that Frank was able
+to discover the largest ledge close at hand. It
+stood out far enough to allow of their crawling
+well underneath, where the rain, no matter how
+it was driven by the furious wind, could not
+reach them.</p>
+
+<p>Even as the two fugitives dropped down on
+their hands and knees, and started to creep under<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span>
+the flat rocks, the rain began to fall heavily. In
+fact it seemed to Will that hardly had his feet
+been drawn under the accommodating shelter
+than the heavens opened, and the floods descended.</p>
+
+<p>The two boys pushed well in and made themselves
+as comfortable as their condition allowed.
+This of course was not saying much, for they
+were sitting on hard rock, with their heads touching
+the shelf that hung above.</p>
+
+<p>It was utterly impossible for them to exchange
+a single word just then, owing to the riot of
+sound that came from beyond. The thunder bellowed,
+the wind roared, trees could be heard at
+intervals crashing to the ground, and the rain
+beat a terrible tattoo on the rock that sheltered
+them.</p>
+
+<p>So fast did the lightning play that they were
+glad to close their eyes lest in staring into that
+dazzling glare they should find themselves
+blinded.</p>
+
+<p>Will managed to push up close to his chum.
+Somehow it seemed to give him more confidence
+just to feel the contact. Thus he knew he was
+not alone in the midst of that hurricane, really
+the worst he had ever experienced in all his life.</p>
+
+<p>The time wore on. Once the dreadful storm
+seemed to have passed, and it even grew consid<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span>erably
+lighter. Will plucked up fresh hope, believing
+the end had come, and that they could
+soon be on their way to camp, to reach there at
+dusk perhaps.</p>
+
+<p>Frank, however, began to see things in a different
+light. He noted that there were signs
+telling of a return of the gale. The second spell
+might be as bad as the first; and if it kept them
+confined there under the rocks until night came
+on it would be utterly out of the question to think
+of setting forth.</p>
+
+<p>So Frank, foreseeing fresh trouble ahead,
+braced himself to meet it. They would have to
+make a virtue of necessity, and stay there all
+night. That was not a pleasant outlook, but then
+things might be a lot worse, Frank told himself.</p>
+
+<p>Sure enough the gloom once more descended,
+and again the thunder took up the old rumble and
+crash. Perhaps the wind was not as furious as
+was the first rush, and the rain may have been
+less in quantity, but the second part of the storm
+was severe and terrifying enough.</p>
+
+<p>"If it wasn't that we've had an even worse
+spell," Will managed to call out, "I'd think this
+was the worst ever. Frank, what's the answer to
+all this? How are we going to get back to
+camp?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Walk, of course," replied the other; "it's the
+only way."</p>
+
+<p>"But even now the afternoon must be pretty
+well gone," objected Will.</p>
+
+<p>"It certainly is," he was told.</p>
+
+<p>"We don't know the exact way to camp," continued
+Will, "the night is coming on in a hurry,
+the trees are dripping with water, and in lots
+of places they have been thrown down every-which-way
+by that hurricane. We never can
+make camp to-night, that's sure!"</p>
+
+<p>"I'm glad you understand that, Will, because I
+was just going to break it to you. No, it would
+be foolish for us to try such a thing. We've been
+pretty lucky as it is to escape getting wet jackets.
+We'll have to put in a long night here the best
+we can."</p>
+
+<p>"Whew! it will be a terribly long one, too,"
+declared Will, listening to the retreating growl
+of the thunder. "And the worst of it is the
+weather usually turns cold after one of these
+storms. We'll get to shivering to beat the band.
+I wish we could make a fire some way or other."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm afraid that's going to be out of the question,"
+Frank told him. "Of course we have
+matches in plenty, but we couldn't get dry wood
+after that deluge. You see we had no chance to
+look around us for a dead tree, and we have no<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span>
+camp hatchet along with us to do any chopping."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well, I guess we can stand it, Frank.
+Morning is bound to get here sooner or later.
+We've gone through as bad times as this more
+than once, haven't we?"</p>
+
+<p>"I should say we had," Frank immediately
+replied, anxious to buoy up the spirits of his
+companion as much as possible. "And for one
+thing, that wind isn't going to reach in under here
+to any extent."</p>
+
+<p>"You're right about that," admitted Will; "it
+comes from back of the ledge, now that it's
+shifted into the west. Surely we have lots to
+be thankful for. But of course we'll feel pretty
+hungry, because neither of us is used to going
+without supper, you see."</p>
+
+<p>At that Frank laughed.</p>
+
+<p>"I thought I'd do it for a joke, first of all," he
+remarked; "you see I'd been reading about the
+way the Indians make their pemmican by drying
+venison, and how they carry a handful in their
+pouches when they have a day's journey afoot to
+make, munching on it once in a while."</p>
+
+<p>"But what has that to do with us, Frank; we
+have no pemmican in camp, have we?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, but that piece of dried beef made me
+think of it, and for fun I carved off a small
+hunk, intending to spring it on you as a joke if<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span>
+you happened to say you felt hungry, I've got it
+here in the pocket of my coat."</p>
+
+<p>"Well! of all the luck, that takes the cake!"
+exclaimed Will. "We can grind our teeth on
+that once in a while, and make believe we're enjoying
+the most magnificent camp dinner going,
+eh, Frank?"</p>
+
+<p>"It's apt to make us thirsty, of course, but just
+now it happens that pools of water can be found
+for the looking, so that needn't bother us any.
+So we're fixed in the line of grub; and there's
+no danger of starving to death yet awhile."</p>
+
+<p>By the time the last of the storm died away
+in the distance it was almost night; in fact Will
+discovered the first star peeping through a rent
+in the clouds overhead. Therefore the two
+chums started to make themselves as comfortable
+as the hard conditions of their shelter allowed,
+thankful that they had been spared being caught
+in the open by that fearful summer storm.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIII" id="CHAPTER_XIII"></a>CHAPTER XIII</h2>
+
+<h3>TAKING A BEE-LINE FOR CAMP</h3>
+
+
+<p>Frank and Will were not apt soon to forget
+that night. They were compelled to remain
+under the shelf of rock, because outside everything
+was soaking wet; and besides, the night
+wind blew unusually cold for that time of year.
+Without a fire to cheer them it would have been
+unbearable to try to stay in the open.</p>
+
+<p>Of course the rocks proved very hard. Every
+little while the boys would change their positions
+in the endeavor to relieve their aching limbs.
+Many times did Will find himself sighing for
+his blanket, which had never seemed half so
+precious as now, when it was far away.</p>
+
+<p>Frank managed to divide the piece of hard
+dried beef with his knife, and give the larger portion
+to Will, who, of course, knew nothing of the
+sacrifice. They munched away from time to
+time, taking minute bites, and grinding the tough
+meat between their teeth as long as possible before
+swallowing it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>This served in some measure to keep their
+thoughts away from their unhappy condition,
+which was one object Frank had in mind.</p>
+
+<p>At times they talked of the two comrades who
+had gone off, aboard the boat, bent on reaching
+the far distant village on the lake shore. Will
+worried about them. Frank professed to have
+the utmost confidence in the ability of the chums
+to look after themselves.</p>
+
+<p>"Stop and figure it all out, Will," he told the
+other. "If they made as good time as we expected,
+they must have reached the village long
+before noon came. In fact, we felt pretty sure
+they were in port at the time we ate our own
+lunch in camp."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, that's what we agreed," admitted the
+other, briskly.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, let's try to guess what they'd be apt to
+do," continued Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"I know what Jerry would have in his mind
+first of all, if it happened to be anywhere around
+noon," said Will. "Jerry never forgets when
+it's meal time; and the chances are ten to one
+he'd try to make sure they were going to get
+dinner somewhere."</p>
+
+<p>"All right," agreed Frank; "that might bring
+them to nearly one o'clock. Afterward they'd
+want to get a hustle on them trying to gather up<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span>
+a supply of butter and fresh eggs, according to
+their orders. Now if they had to go outside the
+place to get the supplies it would be long after
+two before they'd be in shape even to think of
+starting back to camp."</p>
+
+<p>"I see what you're hitting at, Frank; you
+mean they'd likely enough notice how the inky
+black clouds were moving up in the sky about
+that time, because being so close to the big lake
+they could see all this; while the woods hid it
+from us."</p>
+
+<p>"Just so," Frank continued, his one desire being
+to convince the anxious chum that Bluff and
+Jerry could be in no real peril. "And the people
+of the village, you see, would urge them to hold
+over, telling them it was too risky to try to
+row an old leaky boat all those miles with such
+a storm coming up."</p>
+
+<p>"Then you believe they are still there in the
+village, do you, Frank?"</p>
+
+<p>"I really and truly do," came the steady answer;
+"and, even at the worst, if the boys were
+foolish enough to make the start you can depend
+on it they'd hurry to get ashore long before the
+storm broke."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," concluded Will, "nothing could have
+tempted me to stay out on the lake a minute, once
+that thunder started to crash, and I knew the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span>
+wind must soon come tearing along. I guess
+Jerry wouldn't take too many chances, even if
+Bluff wanted to keep rowing on."</p>
+
+<p>"Another thing you've got reason to be satisfied
+about is your camera," suggested Frank,
+knowing what store his comrade set by his treasured
+instrument.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, for it hasn't been wet even a little bit!"
+Will declared. "I've always been pretty lucky
+that way. In fact the only streak of misfortune
+that ever struck me was the loss of those Maine
+films. I even dream about them, Frank; and I
+certainly do hope that Gilbert brings them back,
+if he comes this way."</p>
+
+<p>"He may turn up any time now," Frank assured
+him. "The golf tournament must have
+been played before this, and if Gilbert lives
+around this part of the country you'll see him
+coming after those golf balls of his. They look
+extra fine to me."</p>
+
+<p>"And my films would be worth next door to
+nothing to him; just as I look on his silly old
+golf balls. Queer how one man's food is another
+man's poison, isn't it?"</p>
+
+<p>A dozen times Frank had to scratch a match at
+the request of his mate in order to take a glance
+at his watch. The time seemed actually to drag
+along.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I've read about the minutes passing on leaden
+wings," said Will, with a long-drawn sigh, "but
+now I know just what that means. Eleven
+o'clock you said, didn't you, Frank? That
+means six more to bring us to five in the morning;
+and I suppose we couldn't think of making
+a start any earlier than that."</p>
+
+<p>"As soon as it's broad daylight we'll get a
+move on us," promised the other. "We only
+want to make sure we can see how to avoid pitfalls
+and fallen trees."</p>
+
+<p>"How far are we from camp, do you reckon,
+Frank?"</p>
+
+<p>Will asked this last question rather drowsily;
+for in spite of his pains he was beginning to get
+sleepy.</p>
+
+<p>"Only a few miles as the crow flies," he was
+assured.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course you've got the direction down all&mdash;er,
+what you call it, pat, I suppose?"</p>
+
+<p>Frank told him he felt sure he could take a
+bee-line for camp; and a minute afterwards, there
+being no further questions, only the regular
+breathing of a tired lad, he knew that Will had
+dropped off.</p>
+
+<p>Neither of them managed to secure any great
+amount of sleep. Their hard resting-place prevented
+such a thing. After a nap of possibly<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span>
+half an hour Frank would awaken to find one
+of his legs numb under him, while his muscles
+fairly ached with the severe strain to which they
+were quite unaccustomed.</p>
+
+<p>Twice both boys felt so numb with the cold
+that acting on Frank's advice they crawled out
+from under the sheltering rock, and for a short
+time went through with exercises devised to send
+the blood leaping through their veins.</p>
+
+<p>It was by all odds the longest night either of
+the lads had ever experienced, in so far as their
+feelings were concerned. Twice the eager and
+impatient Will gave a false alarm, under the impression
+that he had glimpsed the dawn stealing
+in upon them. The first time Frank showed him
+by his watch how impossible this was, for it had
+hardly reached two o'clock.</p>
+
+<p>But all things must come to an end, bad as
+well as good; and finally Frank himself detected
+the coming of dawn. It was not by sight that
+he knew this but through the twittering of birds
+in neighboring trees, where the poor things had
+hidden to escape the terrible storm.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess that's meant for a tune of thanksgiving
+and praise on account of having escaped
+death in all that wind and rain," Frank told himself
+as he listened to the faint songs taking form
+around him.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>He did not awaken his chum, because there
+was no need. They could not start at once, and
+the boy needed what sleep he could get after
+such a wretched night.</p>
+
+<p>It was broad day when Will awoke.</p>
+
+<p>"Why! what's this, Frank?" he exclaimed, reproachfully,
+"how could you let me waste time
+sleeping when we might have been on our way?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! no hurry," he was told; "and you seemed
+to be getting forty winks after such a tough
+night. But now that you've waked up, let's crawl
+out of here."</p>
+
+<p>Neither of them felt any sorrow at leaving
+their hard beds, though that did not mean they
+could ever be anything but grateful for the
+welcome shelter of that nook under the rocky
+shelf.</p>
+
+<p>Frank had no hesitancy about pointing toward
+the quarter where he believed the camp must lie.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll take our bearings, Will, and then head
+straight. In the course of two hours at the most
+we ought to strike the lake, and close to Cabin
+Point in the bargain."</p>
+
+<p>"Before we leave here," remarked Will, the old
+instinct still gripping him, "I'd like to get a
+snapshot of that bully ledge, now that the sun
+is peeping up, and shines full on the place."</p>
+
+<p>"A good idea," Frank told him; "we'll often<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span>
+smile when we look at it, and remember our
+rough experience. I think every time I happen
+to munch a bit of jerked or dried beef my
+thoughts will go back to this adventure."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," added the other, with a chuckle, "and
+with me, every time anybody mentions dried beef
+you'll see me begin to rub my poor bones where
+they ache right now as if my joints were so
+many boils."</p>
+
+<p>They had not gone far before they began to
+notice many signs that told of the fury of the
+wind during the storm. Trees had been toppled
+completely over or else lay up against some
+neighboring trunk in a helpless condition, "much
+like drunken men," Will declared.</p>
+
+<p>Will discovered a number of remarkable sights
+that appealed to his artistic instinct, so that Frank
+had to wait until he had focussed his camera and
+then pressed the button. Those pictures would
+always remind them of their lively experiences
+when on the way back to camp after the second
+visit to Aaron Dennison's place.</p>
+
+<p>When about an hour had passed Will began to
+show signs of fresh anxiety, but he was confidently
+assured by his chum that everything was
+all right.</p>
+
+<p>"The lake is straight ahead of us, you can depend
+on that," was what the pilot told him; "and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span>
+pretty soon I think I can prove it to you, since
+seeing is believing."</p>
+
+<p>"How is that?" asked Will, his curiosity
+aroused at once, as Frank intended it should be.</p>
+
+<p>"We're coming to a little hill," was the explanation,
+"and unless the trees are too dense to
+hide our view I figure we ought to see the big
+water from the crown; anyway we'll take the
+trouble to climb up and find out."</p>
+
+<p>Frank was right, for upon arriving at the top
+of the elevation they managed to find one avenue
+among the treetops through which they could
+glimpse the glistening waters of the sun-kissed
+lake.</p>
+
+<p>After that Will complained no longer, having
+the utmost confidence in the ability of his companion
+to guide the expedition into a safe harbor.</p>
+
+<p>Before the second hour had fully elapsed they
+realized that the shore was close by. Will declared
+he could even hear the lapping of the
+waves on the pebbly strand.</p>
+
+<p>"We might have made it in much less time,
+you understand," said Frank, "if it had not been
+for the fallen trees we had to go around; and
+then there was the ravine we skirted a long way
+before meeting with a place where we could
+cross."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"But it's all right in the end, Frank; and let
+me tell you I'm thankful we came through the
+business as well as we did. Now the only thing
+to bother us is the fate of the other fellows."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! they're all right, you can depend on it,"
+said Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"But I don't hear any chopping or talking, and
+we must be close enough to the cabin to get that,
+you know," speculated Will.</p>
+
+<p>"Which proves my theory was sound, and that
+they had to stay all night in the village. You can
+depend on it, Will, they fared better than we
+did, because the chances are they slept on feather
+beds, and had all they wanted to eat."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, good, now we can cook something! I'm
+about as near empty as I want to be, and feel able
+to make way with the biggest beefsteak going.
+There, I can see the cabin, Frank! I'm glad to
+find out the storm didn't pick it up bodily and
+carry it into the lake, as I sometimes thought it
+might have done."</p>
+
+<p>Both of them hurried their steps a little, for
+the thought of a warm and tasty breakfast certainly
+appealed to them as seldom before. Consequently
+they soon reached the cabin on the
+Point, which they now called their camp home.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIV" id="CHAPTER_XIV"></a>CHAPTER XIV</h2>
+
+<h3>THE RETURN OF THE VOYAGERS</h3>
+
+
+<p>"After all the old cabin has had a pretty narrow escape,
+Will."</p>
+
+<p>Frank, as he said this, pointed to where a
+tree had crashed to the ground close by. It lay
+with its head toward the northeast. Had the
+wind been more in the west at the time of its
+fall the roof of the log structure must have been
+crushed in like an egg-shell.</p>
+
+<p>Will was just about to enter when Frank
+caught hold of his arm and held him back.</p>
+
+<p>"What's the matter, Frank?" instantly questioned
+the other, looking around him in surprise.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, I wonder how it comes that the door
+is ajar. We both know as well as anything that
+we made sure to shut it securely at the time we
+left."</p>
+
+<p>"Then Bluff and Jerry must have got back
+home!" exclaimed Will, excited again. "Since
+they don't seem to be here, I reckon they've set
+off to search for us, believing we must have<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span>
+gone out for a stroll, and been caught in the
+storm."</p>
+
+<p>"You forget one thing, Will."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you mean the boat?" demanded the other,
+quickly. "Well, it doesn't seem to be around,
+for a fact, Frank; and, sure! it ought to be if
+they'd come home."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, let's go inside now," remarked the
+other. "If they did come home, and have gone
+out again, I think they would have left some
+word for us."</p>
+
+<p>No sooner had the two boys entered the cabin
+than they could see that some one had been there.
+A home-made chair was lying on its side on the
+floor; also some things had been swept from
+the heavy table which Frank had repaired so that
+it stood firmly on its four legs now.</p>
+
+<p>Will looked around, and then turned his eyes
+on Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"Somebody or some animal has certainly been
+in here since we left yesterday, or I miss my
+guess!" he announced.</p>
+
+<p>"There's no question about that," returned
+Frank, a puzzled look on his face. "And as we
+fastened the door in the only way we have, which
+would prevent any but an educated monkey from
+opening it, I can't believe any wild beast entered
+here. Take that from me, Will."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Then of course it must have been a human
+being," remarked Will, for Frank's decisions
+seemed to leave no other explanation possible.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm wondering why he came in here, and
+what he did," continued the other, as he wandered
+about the place scrutinizing everything.
+"There's not a sign of anybody's sleeping in one of
+our bunks, and so far as I can make out there's
+been no cooking going on here since we had our
+lunch yesterday, because I remember just how
+I put everything away then."</p>
+
+<p>"Frank, it's certainly a deep mystery."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well! what's the use of bothering our
+poor heads over it when there was no mischief
+done. Let's get busy with something to eat.
+I'm as hollow as a drum right now, and I'm not
+ashamed to say it, either."</p>
+
+<p>When presently the coffee began to throw out
+the most tantalizing odor, and the sizzling bacon
+added its quota to the aroma, the boys felt they
+could hardly wait until things were ready.</p>
+
+<p>Munching some crackers helped them to hold
+off a bit, and presently, when things were done,
+the welcome call to breakfast sounded.</p>
+
+<p>The lake must have been rough and high during
+the previous night's gale, for the waves still
+rolled up on the beach in places, though the wind
+had changed.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Don't you think they must have started from
+over yonder by now?" Will was asking as he
+and Frank began to eat more slowly, having
+taken the fierce edge from their appetites.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, the sea has gone down enough by now
+to let them take chances," Frank admitted; "and
+after we're through eating we'll use the glasses
+to find out."</p>
+
+<p>Although he had not said anything about it to
+his chum, Frank believed he had detected a moving
+spot far away on the water, and in the direction
+of the village, which he thought might be
+the camp boat with their two mates.</p>
+
+<p>He did not hurry through his breakfast, for
+as the object was constantly drawing slowly but
+steadily nearer Cabin Point they would be better
+able to discover who the occupants of the boat
+were later on.</p>
+
+<p>Will kept the other to his promise, and in good
+time the small but powerful pair of field glasses
+was brought out and adjusted.</p>
+
+<p>Frank took the first look. He did not say a
+single word or betray the result of his survey by
+the faintest smile, only handed the glasses to
+Will.</p>
+
+<p>"My sight must be different from yours, Frank,
+because I have to focus all over again. There,
+now I reckon I've got it O. K. because I can see<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span>
+the village over there as plain as anything. The
+boat ought to be this way&mdash;there, I've got it
+located. Oh, Frank, it's Bluff and Jerry, as sure
+as you live!"</p>
+
+<p>"Of course it is!" declared the other. "And
+now you can see that I hit the right nail on the
+head when I tried to figure out what they'd probably
+do in the storm. They spent last night
+among the villagers, and started this morning
+just as soon as the water went down enough to
+make it seem safe."</p>
+
+<p>"They're almost half-way here as it is," continued
+Will; "and rowing like fun, let me tell
+you! Well, that relieves my mind a heap. I
+couldn't feel altogether easy about the boys,
+knowing what an old tub that boat is at best.
+But it's all right, Frank; and I think I can drink
+another cup of coffee on that."</p>
+
+<p>"We ought to have some ready for them when
+they get here," suggested thoughtful Frank;
+"though of course they'll have eaten breakfast at
+the village. But a cup of <i>our</i> fragrant coffee is
+something to make you forget you're tired."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," agreed Will, "I warrant you they didn't
+get anything like that over there at the village
+tavern, or wherever they put up."</p>
+
+<p>They spent much of their time watching the
+approach of the boat. The sunbeams glinted<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span>
+from the flashing oars as they were methodically
+raised and lowered. All the while it came nearer
+and nearer.</p>
+
+<p>"I can see that they're anxious about the camp,
+and wondering how we came through the storm,"
+ventured Frank; "because every once in a while
+they stop rowing, seem to be talking together,
+and then turn around to stare this way."</p>
+
+<p>"Let's step out in the open, and I'll wave my
+big red bandanna to them, Frank."</p>
+
+<p>"They ought to see that easily enough,"
+laughed the other; "I remember the old bull did
+that time he had you treed for several hours.
+Now stand ready, and as soon as I give the word
+start to waving, while we both shout."</p>
+
+<p>It was easy to tell when the rowers looked
+around again, thanks to the powerful glasses;
+and while Will waved his red bandanna, both of
+them yelled vociferously.</p>
+
+<p>"They see us, because they're waving their
+hats now!" observed Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and I can hear them shouting," added
+his companion.</p>
+
+<p>Slowly the boat drew nearer, until in the end
+it was run up on the sandy beach of Cabin Point.
+Then Bluff and Jerry scrambled out, stretched
+their stiff legs, and picking up several bundles
+that had lain in the bottom of the craft, started<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span>
+toward the cabin, sniffing the welcome odor of
+coffee as they came.</p>
+
+<p>"Looks as if you'd got what you went for,"
+remarked Frank, as he hastened to relieve one
+of the boys of his burden, a cardboard box, evidently
+holding several dozen eggs.</p>
+
+<p>"We did all of that," replied Bluff, "and then
+had to hold the fort through the night because
+of that nasty little tooter of a storm."</p>
+
+<p>"Listen to him! Trying to make out it didn't
+amount to much after all!" laughed Jerry. "I
+wish you could have seen him holding on to the
+chair he was sitting in at the village inn, whenever
+there came a terrific blast that made the
+house shake all over. I even heard him ask the
+landlord if it was bolted down to its foundation."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, to own up to the honest truth," said
+Bluff, with one of his wide grins, "it was a regular
+buster of a howler. I never saw such wind
+or rain, and my ears ring even yet from the
+smashing thunder-claps. Wow! but you two
+must have wondered what was coming when
+that big tree came tearing down to the ground
+not thirty feet away from the cabin."</p>
+
+<p>"But we didn't hear it fall," said Will, mysteriously.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you want us to believe by your
+saying that?" demanded Jerry.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"We didn't happen to be around these parts
+just then, you see," continued the artist, smilingly.
+"Fact is, we spent the night under a ledge
+of rock some miles away from here, hungry and
+cold as could be."</p>
+
+<p>"Suppose you up and tell us what happened?"
+said Bluff. "Why so much mystery, I want to
+know? What took you away, and how did it
+come that you never noticed that old whooper
+coming up in time to hurry back to camp?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Frank and I took a little stroll after
+lunch," remarked Will. "You must know I've
+been wild to see that place belonging to Aaron
+Dennison, and snap off a view of it, because Bluff
+said it is such a remarkable affair. Well, we got
+the picture, all right, and also one of the owner
+of the ranch holding up a big cane as though
+about to strike Frank here."</p>
+
+<p>"Gee whiz! tell us more about that!" begged
+Bluff, eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>"After you get started on that coffee we made
+for you," said Frank. And while the two boys
+were enjoying their cups of hot coffee the story
+was related.</p>
+
+<p>Then those who had gone to the village were
+asked about their trip. Nothing remarkable had
+happened except that on several occasions they
+were compelled to bail out, and had once to stop<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span>
+in order to pound more oakum into an opening
+that appeared in one of the seams of the
+boat.</p>
+
+<p>"Excuse me from ever taking such a long trip
+again in an old rattletrap of a boat like that," declared
+Bluff. "Luckily for us, you insisted on
+our carrying a bunch of that oakum along,
+Frank. With it we patched up more seams this
+morning, and managed to pull through, though
+it's been a hard drive."</p>
+
+<p>"But we've lots of dandy fresh eggs, and five
+pounds of new butter," added Jerry, proudly.</p>
+
+<p>"The storm came up before you could start,
+I suppose?" questioned Will.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and Bluff here wanted to pull out anyhow,"
+Jerry replied, "but I kicked on that, and
+some of the villagers also warned him it would
+be suicidal&mdash;yes, that's the exact word they used,
+Bluff, and you know it. What if I'd given in to
+you, and we had been caught all of a sudden by
+that hurricane? Well, I'll bet deep down in your
+heart you're just as glad as anything I kept you
+from making that silly start."</p>
+
+<p>"Sure I am, Jerry! and I hope you didn't really
+think I meant to go. I was only trying to keep
+up to my reputation and name as a bluffer. All
+the while I knew as well as anything we never
+could get a quarter of the way here. I've cut<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span>
+my eye-teeth for all I sometimes make out to be
+so brash and bold."</p>
+
+<p>Frank and Will only laughed at the expression
+of disgust they saw creeping over Jerry's face.
+Surely all of them ought to know Bluff well
+enough by this time to understand that he did not
+always mean what he said.</p>
+
+<p>"And now," remarked Frank, "see if either of
+you can figure out this mystery." With that he
+told them how he and Will had found signs of
+some one's having been in the old cabin on the
+point between the time they had left it and their
+late return on that morning.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XV" id="CHAPTER_XV"></a>CHAPTER XV</h2>
+
+<h3>DAYS OF REAL SPORT</h3>
+
+
+<p>"You're dead sure nothing was taken, are you,
+Frank?" Bluff demanded first of all, his suspicions
+running in the direction of a sneak thief.</p>
+
+<p>"We looked, but couldn't find the first trace
+of anything having been stolen," he was assured.
+"Things seemed knocked around a bit, and the
+door was ajar, though we left it tightly closed,
+but that was all."</p>
+
+<p>"It surely is a deep mystery," admitted Jerry,
+with a puzzled expression on his face. Jerry had
+never been remarkably clever at finding out hidden
+things, and the whiff of a mystery generally
+confused him.</p>
+
+<p>"I'd be inclined to think it must have been
+some sort of animal," ventured Bluff, "only you
+feel certain you fastened the door, so a dog or
+a wildcat couldn't get inside."</p>
+
+<p>"Besides," spoke up Will, "if it had been any
+sort of animal bent on getting something to eat,
+wouldn't we see signs of his nosing around in
+the cabin?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"That's a fact," admitted Bluff, immediately,
+"there's that shank of our ham lying right on
+the table where we left it. I said we'd boil the
+same the first chance we got, so as to get the pickings.
+Any dog would have pulled that on to the
+floor and gnawed at it."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well, what's the use guessing when we
+haven't got a single clue to go on?" remarked
+Jerry. "Let's change the subject and talk of
+something pleasant."</p>
+
+<p>"One thing I know," said Will, with a happy
+smile.</p>
+
+<p>"Then tell us, won't you?" asked Bluff.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm going to set my little trap again to-night
+for Br'er 'Coon," continued the enthusiastic
+amateur photographer.</p>
+
+<p>"Huh! wonder what you'll spot next time?"
+observed Bluff. "You nailed an old fellow that
+you tell us is Aaron Dennison himself. I hope
+the next crack won't give us a picture of the Old
+Nick himself, horns, split hoofs, forked tail and
+all! Ugh!"</p>
+
+<p>"Well," muttered Jerry, "seems to me when
+you set one of those flashlight traps right in the
+woods of nights you never can tell what kind of
+a job you're going to get away with."</p>
+
+<p>Will laughed as though amused.</p>
+
+<p>"Why," he went on to say, "don't you under<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span>stand
+that's part of the game? The uncertainty
+of the thing adds to the charm. You never do
+know exactly what you're going to strike."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," Jerry continued, shaking his head in
+a contrary fashion as though far from convinced,
+"I never did take much to the grab-bag business&mdash;putting
+your hand in, and groping around to
+pull out a prize or a blank."</p>
+
+<p>"Ditto here, Jerry," spoke up Bluff; "I prefer
+to know what I'm trying for, and then chasing
+after it for all I'm worth."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well, what's the use of talking?" Will
+concluded. "Many men, many minds. It's a
+mighty good thing everybody doesn't think alike.
+Variety is the spice of life, they say. But excuse
+me, fellows; I've got some work to do developing
+the snaps I took yesterday."</p>
+
+<p>That was the last they saw of Will for some
+time. Once he buried himself in that fascinating
+photographic labor to which he was devoted heart
+and soul, it required some strong incentive such
+as a summons to dinner, to make him break away.</p>
+
+<p>After noon had come and gone, the boys settled
+down into something like the old life. Less
+was said about events that had occurred, while
+new plans were being broached for the immediate
+future.</p>
+
+<p>Having secured some live bait with a little<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span>
+seine made of mosquito netting, Bluff and Frank
+tried the fishing, using the boat to reach what
+seemed to be good ground. A hidden ledge of
+rock ran from the point, and Frank judged that
+where the water was something like ten feet deep
+there ought to be bass.</p>
+
+<p>His figuring proved to be correct, for they
+were soon busily engaged in playing the fish that
+struck the live minnows. At times the work became
+even exciting, as a larger and more gamy
+fish took hold.</p>
+
+<p>Jerry, who also liked to fish, watched the sport
+from the shore and envied those who were thus
+engaged. The next time he was asked by Bluff
+to accompany him in the boat Jerry's answer
+would be of a different nature. This was a time
+when his laziness cost him dearly, he admitted
+to himself, as he watched Bluff lift a struggling
+bass into the boat, and then heard him give a yell
+of triumph.</p>
+
+<p>Will had long since finished developing the
+films, and all they had heard him say with reference
+to them was that they seemed to have
+turned out "pretty fair."</p>
+
+<p>About three o'clock in the afternoon, however,
+he set to work and printed a lot of proofs by the
+aid of the sun which aroused the interest and
+admiration of the other three.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Frank in particular was delighted to find they
+would have such splendid views by which to remember
+their singular adventure. The one of
+"Old Aaron and His Rod," as Will designated it,
+was perfectly clear and reflected considerable
+credit on the artist who had snatched it off on
+the spur of the moment.</p>
+
+<p>Over the proof that showed the strange ledge
+of rock under which the two storm-bound fugitives
+had passed the night, Bluff and Jerry lingered
+longest. There seemed to be some peculiar
+fascination about the picture that held their attention.</p>
+
+<p>"Some time soon, Frank," said Bluff, "we must
+go up there and take a look into that cave under
+the rock. It was a bright dodge on your part to
+notice the formation of the ground in passing,
+and then remember it right away when the necessity
+arose for shelter from the rain, wind and
+lightning."</p>
+
+<p>"Which only shows," remarked Will, shaking
+a warning finger at Bluff, "that you ought to
+keep your eyes about you every minute of time
+when you're tramping through a woodsy country.
+You never know the second you'll be called on
+to remember something. And also let me say
+that it's best to have along with you a chum who
+never gets left, no matter what happens."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Even Frank had to join in the general laugh
+that greeted this wise sally.</p>
+
+<p>"My advice to you all is, never depend on
+anybody else to pull your chestnuts out of the
+fire, but learn to do things for yourself," was
+all the remark Frank would allow himself to
+make.</p>
+
+<p>They had fresh fish for supper that evening,
+and such fish! Bluff himself cooked them, and
+of late he had proven himself to be a most excellent
+hand at getting up a meal.</p>
+
+<p>His method, of course, was the usual camp
+way of using fat salt pork melted down in the
+pan until it was sizzling hot; then placing in the
+fish, nicely covered with cracker crumbs, and allowing
+the fish to become browned all over, as
+well as fairly crisp before pronouncing them
+done.</p>
+
+<p>Every one enjoyed them, and it was voted
+unanimously that fish should form one of the
+staple dishes of their stay in camp at Cabin
+Point.</p>
+
+<p>Judging from the game qualities of the bass,
+there would be no lack of candidates for the
+honor of pulling them in. Even Will, who did
+not as a rule profess to be much of a sportsman,
+declared he believed he would like to test that
+new "pole" which his father had given him for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span>
+Christmas; at which Bluff groaned, and immediately
+threw up his hands in affected horror,
+exclaiming:</p>
+
+<p>"Pole! For goodness' sake, Will, never call
+that dandy lancewood rod by such a degrading
+name again. The farmer's boy cuts a pole from
+the bushes, or buys a fifteen-foot one at the grocery
+store, the kind that comes up from the Louisiana
+swamp districts. A true sportsman carries
+a jointed <i>rod</i>&mdash;spell it out, r-o-d. Why, I'd
+turn red to the roots of my hair if ever you said
+'pole' in the presence of real disciples of Isaac
+Walton."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well, 'rod,' if you prefer it that way,"
+chuckled Will. "But no matter what you call it,
+the farmer boy's pole is generally the one that
+knocks the persimmons down."</p>
+
+<p>"That taffy about the genuine sportsman buying
+his fish from the barefooted farmer's boy is
+as old as the hills," retorted Bluff. "Maybe it's
+been true in some cases; but I've seen the time
+when the man with the fly tackle, and who knew
+how to use it, got all the fish, while the barefooted
+boy could only look on."</p>
+
+<p>"There!" exclaimed Frank with a laugh, "I
+knew the worm would turn some day. Up to now
+there's been no champion for the man with the
+fancy fly rod. It was the boy who used the hum<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span>ble
+worm who did all the business. He'll have to
+take a back seat after this when our chum Bluff
+is around."</p>
+
+<p>No one knew whether the flashlight did its
+duty on that particular night or not&mdash;that is until
+Will hurried out early in the morning and
+brought his camera in.</p>
+
+<p>He had cleverly arranged it so that when the
+cord was pulled that set the cartridge off it also
+caused the time-exposure arrangement on the
+camera to work. Thus for perhaps several seconds
+the delicate film was exposed, after which
+the action caused it to become once more securely
+hidden from the light. In this way it was not
+necessary for the operator to get out to his
+camera before daylight came in order to save his
+night's work.</p>
+
+<p>All of them had slept soundly. If Frank did
+happen to arouse several times during the night
+he saw and heard nothing to indicate that there
+were any animals prowling around in the vicinity
+of the camp.</p>
+
+<p>Will knew, however, that his trap had worked,
+for the bait was gone, the cord pulled taut, and
+he could even detect traces of sharp claws around
+the spot.</p>
+
+<p>It turned out that he had managed to secure a
+splendid snapshot of the big fellow boasting the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span>
+striped tail; indeed, the picture was bound to be
+one of the most prized in all his collection.</p>
+
+<p>That day also passed with nothing unusual happening.
+The campers enjoyed every hour of it,
+for there always appeared to be a variety of
+things awaiting their attention, and all of the boys
+were full of vigor.</p>
+
+<p>Bluff noticed that it had gradually grown quite
+warm, after the delightful cool spell following the
+big storm.</p>
+
+<p>"And a hot wave means another rattler, I
+should guess," he declared when discussing the
+weather with his comrades.</p>
+
+<p>Bluff had of late shown a disposition to prove
+himself somewhat of a weather prophet. He
+studied the various conditions of the sky, noted
+the mottled clouds that people used to say denoted
+rain, consulted calendars he had brought along
+that explained the phases of the moon, and every
+little while solemnly announced that according to
+all the signs such and such a condition of weather
+was going to follow.</p>
+
+<p>It was on the second morning that Bluff outlined
+his plan. Waiting until they had all eaten
+the excellent breakfast which he himself had
+prepared, and until he had reason to believe
+Frank must be in an especially good humor, Bluff
+spoke up.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Frank, why not all of us go up to that rock
+ledge to-day before the weather takes a turn for
+the worse? How about it, Jerry; are you game
+for a tramp?"</p>
+
+<p>"Every time," came the immediate response;
+"and as you say, if we're going to have a look in
+at that queer section of the country, to-day's as
+good a time as any."</p>
+
+<p>To the delight of both boys, Frank offered no
+objection. In fact, he himself felt rather inclined
+to do a little more exploring, for the country
+in that region interested him deeply. And so
+presently the four left their cabin camp to plunge
+into the woods.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[151]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVI" id="CHAPTER_XVI"></a>CHAPTER XVI</h2>
+
+<h3>SHOWING BLUFF AND JERRY</h3>
+
+
+<p>It pleased Frank to set out in almost a direct
+line for the rocky ledges. He wanted to cover
+once more the ground which he and Will had
+passed over on their way to camp.</p>
+
+<p>"In the first place," he explained to the others
+when they remarked on this fact, "there were
+several interesting sights that Will said he wanted
+to snap off; and his supply of film had run short
+the other day. Then we know this route, and
+can point out a lot of things. Besides, it's a short
+way to the place, which is a good excuse for
+taking it."</p>
+
+<p>In due time they reached the rocks, and both
+Bluff and Jerry must creep under the friendly
+ledge, to see for themselves what sort of shelter
+their chums had found from the storm.</p>
+
+<p>"Couldn't be beaten, and that's a fact, Frank!"
+was Jerry's final verdict, after he had remained
+under the rock for a time.</p>
+
+<p>"And in such a terrible electric storm," added<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[152]</a></span>
+Bluff, sagely, "I don't know of a better place to
+take refuge than under a shelf of rock. There's
+no danger of being struck by the lightning, and
+only a slim chance of an avalanche tumbling
+down on top of you."</p>
+
+<p>"All boys ought to make a note of a thing like
+that," urged Will, wisely nodding his head as
+might a school-master. "When a storm comes
+along in summer time, with thunder and lightning,
+they should never dream of taking shelter
+under a tree or in a barn. Frank, I'm right there,
+I reckon, am I not?"</p>
+
+<p>"Every time!" responded the other vigorously.
+"It's better to drop flat down in the open and take
+a good ducking, rather than risk chances under
+a tree or in any sort of barn. Lightning picks out
+those objects for a blow. But I think myself a
+shelf of rock like this is about the finest shelter
+going."</p>
+
+<p>"And I'll always be on the lookout for places
+like this," asserted Bluff, who could take a lesson
+to heart for all his bluffing ways.</p>
+
+<p>"I can promise you I will," added Will, "because
+while I'm still sore from lying so many
+hours on that hard stone, I feel deep down in my
+heart that I ought never to look a gift horse in
+the mouth. That rock ledge was the best friend
+we had all through the terrible hurricane."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Well, we're in no great hurry to get back
+home, are we, boys?" asked Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>"We started out with the intention of making
+a day of it," Frank observed, "and there's no
+reason to change our minds. I'm going to take
+a turn in a new direction, though in the end we
+may strike the old trail that leads to the Point
+from Mr. Dennison's place."</p>
+
+<p>Jerry looked at him eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>"Now it so happens that everybody's gone and
+seen that place but poor me," he went on to state;
+"and Frank, if we just happened to be in that
+vicinity between now and sunset would you mind
+if I took a peep?"</p>
+
+<p>Frank shook his head as though he did not
+wholly like the idea.</p>
+
+<p>"The old gentleman seemed pretty huffy when
+we had our little heart-to-heart talk with him,"
+Will remarked, noticing this disinclination on
+Frank's part; "and on the way down we made
+up our minds it was none of our business. Jerry,
+I can guess that it's the queer cry we heard that
+interests you more than wanting to see the house
+itself, for I've good pictures of that."</p>
+
+<p>Jerry laughed.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! I own up you fellows have kind of excited
+me a little when telling about that thrilling
+sound you heard," he admitted candidly. "I'd<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span>
+like first-rate to do some prowling around up
+there to satisfy myself that it wasn't a peacock
+that screamed, or even a tied-up dog that yelped."</p>
+
+<p>"But I hope you'll give over that idea then,
+Jerry," said Frank soberly. "You must understand
+that Mr. Dennison is a gentleman, for all
+he looks so queer and acts so strangely. He's
+had something upset him in the past, and chooses
+to live away from everybody."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," added Will, "and he's got a right to do
+as he chooses with his own property, you'll allow,
+Jerry."</p>
+
+<p>"Sure thing!" agreed the other, though with
+a shade of disappointment crossing his face, "and
+I guess I'll have to keep my hands off, since the
+sign is up 'no trespassing allowed here!' But
+anyway, I do hope we shall run across Old
+Aaron and his Rod somewhere in our jaunt to-day."</p>
+
+<p>Frank had nothing more to say on the subject.
+He was determined not to yield to any temptation,
+and enter those forbidden grounds again
+after being so plainly warned off by the irascible
+owner.</p>
+
+<p>Leaving the rocky section of country, they began
+to traverse a region quite different in its
+character. From time to time various interesting
+things cropped up to attract their attention.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Bluff and Jerry wanted the photographer to
+snap off all sorts of what they called "mighty
+absorbing subjects," but Will wisely used his
+fine discrimination.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, look here," he finally told them, "if I
+took your advice right along I'd be out of stock in
+the film line before half the day was over. And
+I don't know of anything to make a fellow feel
+worse than to have used his last film and then
+run across a subject that he'd give heaps to
+get."</p>
+
+<p>"Will is right, boys," remarked Frank; "leave
+it to him to decide things like that. I'd stake a
+lot on his judgment, you must know."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," commented Will, with a chuckle, "I'm
+a ninny when it comes to lots of things connected
+with outdoor life; but I do know something about
+taking pictures, if I say it myself."</p>
+
+<p>At noon-time they stopped and rested for
+more than an hour, and ate the cold lunch that
+had been provided. It was warm, and consequently
+no one felt sorry for the chance to lie
+in the shade.</p>
+
+<p>Frank afterwards swung around in a half
+circle. He kept his bearings all the time, and
+professed to know accurately just where they
+were, and in what quarter the camp lay.</p>
+
+<p>"For what's the use of claiming to be a woods<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span>man,"
+he told Bluff when the other looked a little
+incredulous over something or other, "if you
+don't keep track of your direction? I feel sure
+that as the crow flies Cabin Point lies over there,
+right beyond that tree with the feathery crown."</p>
+
+<p>About three in the afternoon all of them owned
+up to feeling a bit weary.</p>
+
+<p>"But I reckon we must be getting within a
+mile or so of the lake," Jerry suggested. "I'm
+saying that partly because I've noticed how Frank
+has swung around, and is heading in the direction
+he pointed out when he told of our camp
+lying in that quarter."</p>
+
+<p>"You hit the nail on the head when you say
+that, Jerry," commented Frank; "for we're going
+to strike the old trail before another ten minutes
+passes."</p>
+
+<p>"Meaning the one that leads to the lake from
+Aaron's place, eh, Frank?" continued Jerry, with
+a sparkle of expectancy in his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>"That's right, Jerry," he was told quietly.</p>
+
+<p>"Then I hope&mdash;" began the other, stopping
+suddenly, with half-opened mouth, to listen, for
+just then there came to their ears a half-muffled
+sound that might be the scream of a red-headed
+woodpecker up on some rotten treetop, or anything
+else for that matter.</p>
+
+<p>Will and Bluff uttered exclamations indicating<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span>
+that they recognized the cry. Even Frank looked
+serious, while Jerry was plainly excited.</p>
+
+<p>"Frank!" he exclaimed, "was that the queer
+cry you fellows told me you heard those two
+times you were up here?"</p>
+
+<p>"I think it was," replied the other; "but
+please don't go to getting excited over it, Jerry.
+You know we agreed it was none of our business
+whether a peacock on the lawn or a dog in his
+kennel let out that yawp. The only thing that
+interests me about it is the fact that we have
+proof that the high board fence around Mr. Dennison's
+place ought to loom up any minute now."</p>
+
+<p>Hardly had Frank said this than Bluff broke
+in with his customary abruptness.</p>
+
+<p>"Right now I can see a little patch of the
+same fence over yonder, Frank. Notice that
+big beech, and look under the slanting limbs.
+How about it, am I right?"</p>
+
+<p>He was immediately assured that his eyes had
+not deceived him, for it was certainly a small section
+of the tall fence that he had discovered.</p>
+
+<p>"I hope you will go close enough anyway,"
+ventured Jerry, "so I can see that strand of cruel
+barbed wire you say runs along the top of the
+fence."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! there's no reason you should be cheated
+out of that little favor," he was told by the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span>
+leader. "The fact is we have to pass close to
+the fence in order to strike that trail through the
+woods."</p>
+
+<p>"The one he took when he struck my trap,
+and set my flashlight off, eh, Frank?" asked
+Will.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course it was that trail and no other," said
+Frank; "you remember we followed it before,
+and came to the Point. We also agreed that it
+was used by the old gentleman once in a while
+when he took a notion to go down to the lake."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, here's the fence, Jerry!" observed Bluff,
+as they came to a full stop.</p>
+
+<p>Jerry surveyed it critically, even stepping back
+the better to see how the barbed wire entanglement
+ran along its apex.</p>
+
+<p>"A rather tough job to get over that fence,"
+he was heard to say, as though half to himself,
+"though I reckon I could manage it if pushed."</p>
+
+<p>"But I hope you'll never try it," ventured
+Frank, severely.</p>
+
+<p>"I was wondering," continued Jerry, paying
+no attention to the reproof, "whether that barbed
+wire was put there to prevent outsiders from getting
+in, or to keep some one who was in from
+breaking out!"</p>
+
+<p>Frank started, and looked serious. He even
+exchanged glances with Will, as though they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span>
+might have a little secret between them; but at
+any rate he did not see fit to encourage Jerry to
+pursue the subject any further.</p>
+
+<p>"Suppose we let the matter drop now," he
+said, in that way of his which all of them considered
+final.</p>
+
+<p>They once more moved along, and, in following
+the plan Frank had of reaching the old trail
+that led through the woods and tangle to the lake,
+they kept close to the high fence.</p>
+
+<p>Jerry looked around him from time to time, and
+whenever he chanced to discover a knot-hole in
+one of the boards he immediately glued his eye
+to the aperture as if in hopes of glimpsing the
+hermit's house, or something else equally interesting.</p>
+
+<p>As they did not hear him utter any expression
+of satisfaction after several of these attempts, the
+others set his labor down as futile.</p>
+
+<p>A short time later they neared the lower end of
+the fenced-in estate. Frank knew he would run
+upon the trail near this point, and accordingly he
+had his eyes fixed on the ground looking for the
+first signs.</p>
+
+<p>On this account he was not the first to discover
+something that came to pass. It was when
+he heard an exclamation from Jerry that Frank
+looked hastily up, and saw to his dismay that they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[160]</a></span>
+were once more face to face with the same old
+gentleman whom he and Will had encountered.</p>
+
+<p>Aaron Dennison had evidently stepped through
+a narrow gateway, for the opening appeared just
+behind him. He must have been quite as astonished
+as the boys at the unexpected meeting.
+Frank could see that he was very angry, for his
+face turned red, his eyes gleamed, and the muscles
+of his cheeks worked under the strain.</p>
+
+<p>Knowing the impetuous nature of one or more
+of his chums, Frank hurriedly blocked the path
+so that none of them might pass by. Then, trying
+to control his own feelings, he faced the
+scowling owner of the mysterious retreat in the
+wilderness.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[161]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVII" id="CHAPTER_XVII"></a>CHAPTER XVII</h2>
+
+<h3>THE WARNING</h3>
+
+
+<p>"So this is the way you keep your word, is it,
+boy?" demanded Mr. Dennison, as he glared at
+Frank, who, however, managed to keep cool and
+collected, because he could easily understand how
+the old gentleman might deem their presence
+there very suspicious.</p>
+
+<p>"But what I promised you, sir," said Frank,
+"was that we would not trespass on your enclosed
+property again, and we have done nothing
+of the sort, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"Then why do I find you here, alongside this
+fence that was constructed to keep such curious
+people as you from intruding on my privacy? I
+believe even now it was your intention to enter
+again by that loose board, which, however, I had
+nailed fast in order to keep lawless prowlers out."</p>
+
+<p>"You wrong us, Mr. Dennison," declared
+Frank; while Bluff could be heard muttering his
+indignation. "Just how we happen to be here is
+easily explained."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[162]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Of course. And you expect me to believe any
+kind of silly story you may make up, I suppose?"
+snarled the angry owner of the property.</p>
+
+<p>"After we left you the other day, sir, my chum
+and I walked many miles into the woods, to see
+the country, and find some views, for you remember
+he is a photographer. We were caught unawares
+by that storm, and had to spend the night
+under a rocky shelf. Our comrades were naturally
+curious to see the queer place that had been
+of such great use to us, and so to-day we took a
+trip up there."</p>
+
+<p>"Here is a picture of the rock ledge, Mr. Dennison,
+so you can see we are telling you the truth,"
+and Will eagerly held up one of his proofs as
+he spoke, which he had hastily taken from his
+pocket in order to convince the obstinate old gentleman.</p>
+
+<p>"But that does not explain your presence here,"
+objected the other, though he had deigned to
+glance at the really excellent sun print, for Will
+of course had remembered hearing him say that
+he, too, took a great interest in photography.</p>
+
+<p>"Having set our faces toward home," explained
+Frank, "it was only natural, sir, that we
+should make for a trail we had been over before.
+That brought us out close to your place, and we
+are at this very minute making for the corner<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[163]</a></span>
+below, where I remember we can find what we
+are looking for, the trail to Cabin Point."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Dennison looked doubtfully at Frank.
+Few people could resist believing anything the
+boy said, for his manner was convincing; but
+apparently there was some unknown reason for
+Mr. Dennison's being unusually suspicious.</p>
+
+<p>He shut his teeth hard together as though repressing
+some sign of weakening.</p>
+
+<p>"Whether you are telling the truth or not,
+boy," he said sternly, "I want you to understand
+once for all that you must not come up here again.
+I shall instruct my men to keep a constant watch
+for trespassers, and deal severely with them.
+This place is posted, and any one who dares to
+enter does so at his own risk. I hope you understand
+that, for I should not like to have anything
+unpleasant happen to boys."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir, we understand what you say," replied
+Frank, "and I give you my word of honor
+again that none of us will trespass on your
+grounds. If ever we enter there again it will
+have to be on invitation from the owner. I can
+safely speak for my chums as well as myself."</p>
+
+<p>This last was really meant for impulsive Jerry,
+just to notify him that under no conditions must
+he dream of making Frank's promise void.</p>
+
+<p>"Then see to it that you keep away from here,"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[164]</a></span>
+said Mr. Dennison, as unyielding as ever. "Even
+now you are camping on my property, and I
+could order you away if I chose to be harsh. But
+I have not forgotten that I too was once a boy.
+You can stay at Cabin Point unmolested by my
+men, but only on condition that you avoid this
+region up here."</p>
+
+<p>With that he stepped suddenly back and closed
+the gap in the board fence by pulling the door
+shut after him. The boys walked on, Jerry looking
+disappointed.</p>
+
+<p>"Course I'm glad to say I've actually seen the
+queer old hermit," he remarked, "but even there
+I'm away behind the rest, for all of you have
+been inside the dead line, and glimpsed his odd
+house. Oh, well, don't look at me that way,
+Frank; you know mighty well I don't mean to
+make you out a liar by sneaking up here and poking
+my nose into his private business."</p>
+
+<p>"Huh!" grunted Bluff presently, as though he
+had been thinking deeply over the whole matter,
+"what's he got in there, anyway, he's so afraid
+that people should see, I'd like to know! It's all
+mighty mysterious, take my word for it, fellows.
+But then, like as not none of us will ever know
+the truth."</p>
+
+<p>Again did Frank and Will exchange that sudden
+glance and nod, showing that the little secret<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[165]</a></span>
+they shared in common must have some connection
+with the subject Bluff was even then harping
+upon.</p>
+
+<p>On the way home the talk of course reverted
+several times to Aaron Dennison and his strangely
+fenced-in property. But although many suggestions
+were brought out in the discussion, none of
+them were fully accepted as correct.</p>
+
+<p>Frank and Will remained almost silent, and
+let the other two do most of the talking. If the
+opinion of the former was requested now and
+then he gave it off-hand, but neither Bluff nor
+Jerry found much to encourage him in the information
+thus gleaned.</p>
+
+<p>Frank never once lost the dim trail on the way
+home. He had no difficulty whatever in following
+his course, because by now he was getting
+familiar with it; and since several of them had
+tramped over the ground there were many signs
+to be found that had not been there the first
+time.</p>
+
+<p>A tired lot of boys it was that joyfully greeted
+the sight of the cabin on the Point late that afternoon.</p>
+
+<p>"But after all's said and done," declared Bluff,
+"we've had a bully day!"</p>
+
+<p>"And I've added considerable to my stock of
+pictures, if only these turn out O. K.," added<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[166]</a></span>
+Will, his mind, as usual, running to the one great
+subject.</p>
+
+<p>Later on he and Frank happened to be left
+alone. Bluff had gone down to the edge of the
+lake to clean some fish left over from the day
+before, being kept in the water at a shady place;
+while Jerry was trying his hand at mending the
+leaky boat.</p>
+
+<p>"Let me see that first picture you took of the
+house, Will," remarked Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"I keep it separate from all the rest," explained
+the other, as he drew out a little book, and opening
+it took a print from between the leaves. "You
+told me to do that, Frank."</p>
+
+<p>"Because I didn't know whether we ought to
+let the other fellows into this suspicion we've got
+between us," said Frank, as he accepted the little
+print that displayed the building inside the high
+board fence. "And right now I'm wondering if
+we hadn't better keep this out of their sight until
+we get home."</p>
+
+<p>"I take it to mean you're afraid of Jerry and
+Bluff?" queried Will. "They are both of them
+determined fellows, once they take the bit in their
+teeth. That face might tantalize Jerry so much
+that he'd give in."</p>
+
+<p>"Of course it's struck you, Will, that there are
+what seem to be bars across that window, though<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[167]</a></span>
+neither of us remembers seeing them at the time.
+For that matter we failed to glimpse the white
+face or the waving handkerchief."</p>
+
+<p>"Frank, you've been thinking this business
+over," observed Will, soberly; "please tell me
+what decision you've come to. I've kept my word
+about not dropping a hint to the other fellows,
+as you asked me; and I've also hidden this print
+away from them. What does it mean, Frank?"</p>
+
+<p>"Of course you must remember that I'm only
+guessing," replied his chum. "In the first place
+then, it seems that old Aaron is keeping some one
+a prisoner up there!"</p>
+
+<p>"Whew! is it as bad as that?" gasped Will.</p>
+
+<p>"It's impossible to make out whether the owner
+of that white face is a man, a woman or a child,"
+continued Frank, slowly; "but I'm pretty sure the
+window has bars across it. The person saw us,
+and tried to attract our attention, but made no
+sound just then, you remember. Afterwards we
+heard that cry."</p>
+
+<p>Will was plainly much exercised. He seemed
+to shiver as though he felt a chill creep over him.</p>
+
+<p>"But Frank, what would old Aaron keep any
+one shut up in his place for?" he demanded.
+"Why, it would be against the law, you know,
+to deprive any one of his liberty."</p>
+
+<p>"Not under certain conditions, Will," he was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[168]</a></span>
+told; "and perhaps Mr. Dennison has the backing
+of the law in what he's doing."</p>
+
+<p>Will stared hard at the speaker.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! do you mean, Frank, that the person behind
+that barred window might be a madman?"</p>
+
+<p>"That's the only reasonable explanation I'm
+able to scare up, Will. Suppose, now, his wife
+went out of her mind years ago. He cared so
+much for her that the thought of having her confined
+in any ordinary insane asylum was repulsive
+to him. What would he do then, having plenty of
+money?"</p>
+
+<p>"It sounds reasonable to me, for a fact. Who
+could blame him if he built this house, and surrounded
+it with a high fence that would keep
+the inmate from escaping when allowed in the
+grounds with an attendant? Yes, I shouldn't
+wonder but that you've guessed the truth, Frank.
+Everything seems to go to prove it. And then,
+after all, can you blame him for getting so huffy
+when he believed we were trying to pry into his
+terrible secret?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think he acted queerly, if what we
+suspect is true," ventured Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"On my part I'm inclined to feel sorry for
+old Aaron," declared Will, who had a tender
+heart. "He looks like a man who has suffered
+heaps. And then, you know, he's interested in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[169]</a></span>
+the same things I am, which ought to make me
+think of him as a fellow artist."</p>
+
+<p>After more talk Will hastily hid the tell-tale
+print as Jerry was seen approaching. The other
+looked a little suspiciously at them as though
+he wondered why Will secreted something so
+hurriedly at his coming; but other matters arising,
+he soon forgot the circumstance.</p>
+
+<p>On the following morning Bluff and Jerry
+went out in the boat to fish, and the latter soon
+found himself enjoying the thrill that comes to
+the angler when fast to a vigorous two-pound
+black bass bred in the cold water of a big northern
+lake.</p>
+
+<p>The fun grew when Bluff struck the mate to
+Jerry's fighter, and both boys were put to their
+best efforts in order to save the fish, as well as
+to keep them from fouling the lines, in which
+case one or both might have broken away.</p>
+
+<p>In the end they managed to scoop up both
+prizes in the landing net, and this gave them
+more pleasure than many generals would find in
+capturing a fortress.</p>
+
+<p>About ten o'clock the boys came in. Jerry said
+they were tired of sitting in the sun and playing
+havoc with the fish, for they had put back many
+small ones, being real sportsmen. Bluff, on his
+part, admitted that he was tired, but declared it<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[170]</a></span>
+lay along the line of baling out the leaky boat,
+and not of taking fish.</p>
+
+<p>"Hey! you two fellows in camp, come down
+here and look, if you want to see a sight good for
+sore eyes!" called Jerry, as he jumped ashore
+and commenced to drag the old boat up on the
+sandy beach.</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly Frank and Will approached to
+look at the catch, and not only admire but tender
+their congratulations.</p>
+
+<p>"As fine a mess of bass as I've set eyes on in
+many a day," announced Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"Hello! see who's coming past the cabin, and
+heading for us!" exclaimed Will. "There's Mr.
+Dennison, to begin with, but I don't know the
+other man."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, we do, don't we, Jerry?" ventured
+Bluff, a vein of uneasiness in his voice. "We
+happened to talk with him over at the village.
+You can see the badge on his coat from here.
+That tells who he is&mdash;the constable of the village,
+and he said he was also the marshal of this district.
+But what under the sun does he want at
+<i>our</i> camp, I'd like to know!"</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[171]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVIII" id="CHAPTER_XVIII"></a>CHAPTER XVIII</h2>
+
+<h3>THE ACCUSATION</h3>
+
+
+<p>Frank Langdon watched the two men hurrying
+toward the beach with an uneasy feeling in
+the region of his heart. He could easily see that
+Aaron Dennison looked angry, and from this it
+was not difficult to surmise that fresh trouble
+hung over the heads of the Outdoor Chums.</p>
+
+<p>"Whew! what's in the wind now, I wonder?"
+he heard Bluff asking himself; and so far as that
+went both Jerry and Will were also plainly disturbed.</p>
+
+<p>The two men quickly reached the spot where
+the boys were grouped. Jerry mutely held up
+the two finest bass he and Bluff had taken. It
+was as though he meant to show that they were
+engaged in legitimate sport, such as boys in a
+summer camp were supposed to follow.</p>
+
+<p>"Here they are, the young rascals, Mr. Jeems.
+Now do your duty!" exclaimed Aaron Dennison,
+harshly.</p>
+
+<p>Bluff managed to catch the eye of the con<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[172]</a></span>stable
+whose acquaintance he and Jerry had made
+when in the lake village. Perhaps he gave him a
+humorous wink. At any rate, the tall lanky man
+shrugged his shoulders and immediately remarked:</p>
+
+<p>"I guess that you'd better tell the boys what
+you be suspectin' them of, Squire. I don't know
+nothing about the same, and I'm only here to do
+what I believes to be my bounden duty as an
+officer of the law."</p>
+
+<p>"But I explained to you," expostulated the old
+man, "that my treasured cup disappeared mysteriously,
+and also that yesterday I came upon
+these four boys acting in a suspicious manner
+close to my enclosed grounds."</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Outside</i> your grounds, you said, Mr. Dennison,"
+urged the constable.</p>
+
+<p>"That is very true, Constable. But I chance
+to know that on two different occasions some of
+their number actually had the brazen audacity to
+push their way through a gap in the fence."</p>
+
+<p>"You don't tell me!" exclaimed the other, trying
+to look very fierce; but when he saw that
+whimsical grin on the features of Bluff the
+attempt was not much of a success.</p>
+
+<p>"Worse than that even," continued Mr. Dennison,
+whipping himself into higher rage. "That
+boy with the angel face had the nerve to take<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[173]</a></span>
+a picture of my house. I caught him in the
+very act. Think of that, Mr. Jeems, will
+you?"</p>
+
+<p>Frank could have laughed if the situation had
+not been so very serious. It seemed as though
+Mr. Dennison looked on such a thing as any
+one's taking a picture of his hidden home as a
+capital offence; hanging would about fit such a
+terrible crime, according to his opinion. And
+Will's "angel face" vastly amused them all.</p>
+
+<p>Desirous of finding out what all the trouble
+was about, Frank now turned his attention to the
+irate old gentleman. When he spoke his voice
+was as soothing and respectful as he could make
+it; for Frank believed in pouring oil on troubled
+waters.</p>
+
+<p>"Mr. Dennison, you surely are very much mistaken
+if you think for a minute that either I or
+any of my chums would ever steal anything. We
+are proud of the reputations we have in our home
+town of Centerville. None of us can understand
+what you are accusing us of doing, just because
+we happened to be up in the neighborhood of your
+place yesterday."</p>
+
+<p>"Where you had no business to be," snapped
+the other.</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps not, sir," continued Frank, "but I
+explained to you just how it happened. And I<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[174]</a></span>
+assure you positively that none of us so much as
+put a finger inside your grounds yesterday."</p>
+
+<p>"You give us your solemn affidavy on that, do
+you, young feller?" asked the village constable,
+eagerly, as though seizing on the first pretext to
+make peace.</p>
+
+<p>"No matter what he says!" cried the owner of
+Cabin Point. "I tell you their being in that
+vicinity just when my treasure was taken so mysteriously
+looks suspicious. I firmly believe they
+know something about the gold cup, and I shall
+not leave this spot until I make certain of their
+guilt or innocence."</p>
+
+<p>"Gold cup!" muttered Jerry; "now, what do
+you think of that? Since when have the honorable
+Outdoor Chums taken to cracksmen's ways,
+I'd like to know? Wow!"</p>
+
+<p>"Please let me understand this thing better,"
+pleaded Frank, determined to win the angry old
+man over if he could do so. "You say something
+you think very highly of has disappeared, Mr.
+Dennison?"</p>
+
+<p>"I told you it was a gold cup!" snapped the
+other. "My nephew, who is one of the most
+famous amateur golf players in the country, won
+it as a prize in a great competition last summer.
+He is very proud of it, and I have cherished that
+magnificent cup as the apple of my eye. To have<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[175]</a></span>
+it mysteriously disappear, and feel that in all
+probability it may be melted down just for the
+gold there is in it, almost breaks my heart."</p>
+
+<p>"I can easily understand your feelings, Mr.
+Dennison," said Frank, quietly. "We happened
+to meet your nephew while on the way here,
+though it never struck any of us before that Gilbert
+was a Dennison, for we didn't wholly catch
+his last name. And, sir, if we can do anything
+to help you find the lost cup we'd be only too
+glad to lend a hand in the search."</p>
+
+<p>"Now that's what I calls reasonable, Mr. Dennison,"
+spoke up the friendly constable, who
+evidently did not mean to be urged into extreme
+measures, if diplomacy and soft words could
+avoid such a thing.</p>
+
+<p>The old man eyed Frank keenly. He looked
+just as suspicious as ever, and as though he were
+trying to understand what the boy might have
+secreted back of his words.</p>
+
+<p>For years Mr. Dennison had been hiding something
+from the world, and during that time it
+was only natural he should be growing more and
+more suspicious of every one about him.</p>
+
+<p>"Your words sound all right, boy," he finally
+remarked coldly, "but I am not so easily deceived.
+You want time to cover up your tracks. Perhaps
+you even hope I may invite you and your<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[176]</a></span>
+rowdy companions to my house, and that the
+occasion will allow you to satisfy your vulgar
+curiosity to the bent."</p>
+
+<p>These cruel words struck the boys severely.
+Bluff was heard to mutter half under his breath,
+while Jerry frowned and bit his lip as though he
+found it very hard to keep from telling Aaron
+Dennison what he thought of him.</p>
+
+<p>Frank himself had to hold back the angry
+words that tried to escape his lips; the insult was
+so uncalled for, so unjust, he thought.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course, sir, if you have that sort of opinion
+of all boys," he went on to say, deliberately, and
+with considerable dignity for a mere lad, "you
+wouldn't want us bothering around. I only
+meant to show you how ready we are to lend a
+hand. I am sure that if the cup you speak of
+wasn't simply mislaid it must have been taken by
+some one belonging to your own household, and
+may be returned again."</p>
+
+<p>The angry man chose to see some hidden
+meaning back of Frank's words, which were after
+all only natural, considering the circumstances.</p>
+
+<p>"There, straws show which way the wind
+blows!" he exclaimed, turning toward the constable;
+"and you can see, Mr. Jeems, how these
+boys have been talking over my private affairs
+among themselves. They are really consumed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[177]</a></span>
+by a curiosity to know about matters that do not
+concern them; and in prowling around my place
+have perhaps been tempted to take things that did
+not belong to them."</p>
+
+<p>"But Mr. Dennison, if this prize gold cup was
+so precious why did you leave it around so that
+it could be easily taken?" asked Will, suddenly,
+as though this idea had struck him as strange.</p>
+
+<p>"Because in the first place," replied the old
+man, "I was fool enough to believe my people
+were as honest as the day was long; and the
+thought that any outsider would ever try to enter
+my house never came to me until lately. In fact,
+it was after meeting you boys in my grounds that
+I began to feel uneasy, since I saw it would be
+possible for a robbery to occur, once desperate
+men conceived the plan to break in."</p>
+
+<p>"And even then you did not put the golden
+cup away in some place of security&mdash;you continued
+to leave it out where servants and others
+could reach it, did you, sir?" Frank continued,
+with something of a lawyer's skill at cross questioning.</p>
+
+<p>"It was beginning to worry me," confessed the
+old man, frowning. "I found myself wishing
+my nephew would hasten his return, and take
+possession of his prized cup. Then last night I
+had a bad dream in which it seemed to me that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[178]</a></span>
+thieves entered my house, and among other
+things took away Gilbert's loving cup."</p>
+
+<p>"Last night, you say, sir, this happened?" questioned
+Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and it gave me such a shock that when
+I awoke and remembered the dream, the first
+thing I did was to hurry to the closet where two
+days previously I had placed the gold cup. It
+was gone!"</p>
+
+<p>"Of course you questioned your servants, sir,
+to learn if any one had misplaced it?" asked
+Frank, bent on understanding everything.</p>
+
+<p>"They were filled with consternation," continued
+Mr. Dennison. "I have a housekeeper,
+a nurse, and two men employed on the place, no
+more. One of them suggested that I send to the
+village and have Mr. Jeems come to the house.
+While waiting for the constable I suddenly remembered
+about meeting you boys yesterday, and
+like a flash it struck me that you were guilty."</p>
+
+<p>"That is a hard thing to say about us, Mr.
+Dennison," urged Will. "What object could we
+have in taking your gold cup? We have plenty
+of money, as you can discover by telegraphing
+to Centerville; and our neighbors will vouch for
+our honesty."</p>
+
+<p>"I do not know," said the old man, rubbing
+his forehead as though puzzled. "Boys have<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[179]</a></span>
+always been a deep mystery to me. I never had
+one to raise, for as a baby he was taken away
+from me; and I have always felt it was that loss
+which unsettled&mdash;but it does not matter. I believe
+you might have carried off the gold prize
+cup won by Gilbert in the golf tournament last
+year, perhaps thinking it a lark. So I am prepared
+to say to you here and now, if such was
+the case, and you will immediately restore my
+property to me, I will say nothing about it. If
+you refuse, it will go hard with you."</p>
+
+<p>"But Mr. Dennison!" expostulated Frank, "we
+have never so much as set eyes on any sort of a
+gold loving cup, so you can see how impossible
+it would be for us to hand it over to you."</p>
+
+<p>"And what is more," burst from the indignant
+Bluff, unable to hold back any longer, "we insist
+on your searching all our duffle to see whether
+we've got that cup hidden away."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," added Jerry, "I'm sure none of us
+would feel right if you didn't examine every bit
+of our possessions. We're in just the same position
+as Joseph's brethren when they were leaving
+Egypt, and overtaken by a messenger who said a
+cup or something had been stolen while they were
+getting corn at the capital."</p>
+
+<p>"Hey! what's that you're saying, Jerry?" exclaimed
+Bluff, startled by the comparison, "don't<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[180]</a></span>
+you remember they did find the lost thing, and in
+Benjamin's pack, too?"</p>
+
+<p>"But it was put there at the orders of Joseph,
+wasn't it?" demanded the one who had told the
+old-time story; "and for a purpose too. But
+make your mind easy for they can't play that
+game on us. The lost cup isn't at Cabin Point."</p>
+
+<p>"Then you will offer no objections to our making
+a search, do I understand?" asked Mr. Dennison,
+eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>"Rather, we insist on your doing that, sir!"
+said Will, promptly, for it galled his proud soul
+to be under suspicion, especially when such a
+thing as the taking of a valuable piece of property
+was concerned.</p>
+
+<p>Frank immediately led the way to the log
+cabin. Mr. Dennison paid not the least attention
+to the fact that the boys had done so much to
+make the forlorn place habitable since taking
+possession. All he seemed to be thinking of just
+then was that missing golden cup, and the possibility
+of discovering it somewhere among the
+possessions of these young boys, to whom he had
+taken such a violent antipathy.</p>
+
+<p>They passed inside the old building, which, if
+the guess of the boys was correct, had long years
+before been the home of Mr. Dennison at a time
+before he possessed much of this world's goods.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[181]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I call on you to help me in the search, Constable!"
+said the owner of the cabin.</p>
+
+<p>"And we will only too gladly do all we can to
+assist, sir!" declared Will, who secretly meant
+to keep hold of his camera, for fear lest it be
+knocked to the floor and injured beyond repair.</p>
+
+<p>Upon that every one began the search. Mr.
+Dennison did not do so much himself, but he
+kept those keen eyes of his constantly on the
+watch, as though to let nothing escape him.</p>
+
+<p>The constable apparently did not fancy his
+job. He went about it in what appeared to be a
+half-hearted fashion. In fact, when he and Bluff
+came together, as the boy emptied his clothes
+bag, and shook each individual extra garment,
+the wearer of the nickel badge muttered something
+half under his breath that sounded in the
+nature of an apology.</p>
+
+<p>Evidently Mr. Jeems was a believer in
+boys, if the old hermit was not. And when
+Frank afterwards learned that he had seven
+youngsters of his own at home, he knew the
+reason of the constable's sympathy.</p>
+
+<p>By degrees the search included every nook and
+cranny about the old cabin where it seemed possible
+an article like the missing golden cup could
+be secreted. Still nothing rewarded the efforts
+of the constable.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[182]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"It shore ain't here, Mr. Dennison!" remarked
+the perspiring officer, as he dropped the empty
+clothes bag belonging to Jerry; "and I guess we'll
+have to give the hunt up, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"Wait!" snapped Mr. Dennison, his eyes sparkling
+afresh, as though a sudden and brilliant
+thought had flashed across his mind. "It stands
+to reason that a thief would be apt to hide his
+plunder in some place where he believed it could
+not be easily found. Of course it was not among
+their clothes. But perhaps there may be other
+secret hiding places."</p>
+
+<p>He seemed to glance around at the bare walls.
+Then Frank saw him drop his gaze toward the
+floor.</p>
+
+<p>"That's a loose board there, Mr. Jeems," the
+hermit said excitedly; "see if you can raise it. I
+should think a cavity under that board would
+offer a safe hiding place for anything that had
+been stolen. Lift it up, Mr. Jeems, and let us
+see."</p>
+
+<p>"I will help him do it!" exclaimed Bluff, eagerly,
+and leaning forward he inserted his fingers
+in the crack, and secured a good hold of the loose
+plank.</p>
+
+<p>The constable, also, had by this time taken a
+firm grip on the board.</p>
+
+<p>"All together, son; there she be!" Mr. Jeems<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[183]</a></span>
+called out, as he strained himself at his task; and
+in another second the plank was placed to one
+side.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Dennison leaned eagerly over. Then,
+uttering a cry of mingled delight and savage
+satisfaction, he snatched an object from the gaping
+hole, and hurriedly held it up so that every
+one could see plainly what it was.</p>
+
+<p>Frank and his three chums held their breath in
+astonishment, for they found themselves looking
+on a loving cup made of gold, upon which were
+fashioned various beautifully executed designs
+especially interesting to those who were devoted
+to play upon the golf links.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[184]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIX" id="CHAPTER_XIX"></a>CHAPTER XIX</h2>
+
+<h3>REPAYING HIS DEBT</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Gee whiz!"</p>
+
+<p>Of course it was Jerry Wallington giving vent
+to the feeling of utter amazement that very nearly
+overcame him. His words accurately expressed
+the feelings that filled the heart and soul of the
+other three chums as well.</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile Mr. Dennison was holding that
+wonderful trophy aloft, and laughing to himself.
+He acted as though wild with delight over its
+recovery. Frank was watching him closely, and
+could see no sign of "make-believe" in his actions.</p>
+
+<p>"What did I tell you, Mr. Jeems?" cried the
+old hermit, excitedly. "I said they had taken the
+cup, either to sell it, or in a spirit of boyish mischief.
+And now you'll believe me, because here
+we find it hidden under the floor of their cabin.
+The young rascals&mdash;to add to their offense by
+trying to deceive us so! Do your duty, Mr.
+Jeems; I will prosecute them to the limit of the
+law!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[185]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Frank began to feel anxious. He could see
+that Mr. Dennison meant what he was saying.
+Even the recovery of his property had apparently
+not softened his heart as might have been expected.</p>
+
+<p>All then depended on the constable. If he
+showed a disposition to assert his authority there
+would be an untold volume of trouble, and their
+vacation plans would be "all messed up," as Jerry
+would say.</p>
+
+<p>"Mr. Dennison," said Frank, trying to keep
+his voice steady, "I am glad that you have found
+your lost golden cup; but I want to tell you, sir,
+none of us knows the least thing about it, nor how
+it happened to be in that hole."</p>
+
+<p>"A likely story, boy," sneered the other, "which
+may and may not be believed by the justice of
+the peace when you are brought before him.
+Evidence no stronger than this has hung men
+before now."</p>
+
+<p>"Whew!" gasped Bluff, startled more than he
+would have cared to admit upon hearing the vindictive
+old hermit talk in that strain.</p>
+
+<p>Jerry and Will were both indignant.</p>
+
+<p>"When we first came here," said the former,
+"we tripped so many times over that loose plank
+that we raised it up to settle the earth underneath.
+There was certainly no gold cup lying<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[186]</a></span>
+there then where you just now found it, I give
+you my word on that, sir!"</p>
+
+<p>"Certainly not," agreed Mr. Dennison, "because
+at that time it was safe under my roof.
+But I want you to notice, Mr. Jeems, that they
+admit knowing of this hole under the loose plank.
+It made a very good hiding-place for valuable
+property, as you can see."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," suddenly spoke up Frank, "and
+apparently this is not the first time it has been
+used for that same purpose. When we looked
+we found this silver coin there, a part of an old
+yellow envelope, and this fragment of what
+seems to have once been a baby's shoe."</p>
+
+<p>He picked the several things up as he mentioned
+them, for they had been lying on a little
+shelf, where Frank himself had placed them days
+before. Watching Mr. Dennison's face, Frank
+saw it turn white as the eyes of the old man were
+focussed on that poor little remnant of what had
+once been a baby's shoe.</p>
+
+<p>Involuntarily the old man thrust out his hand,
+and Frank quickly dropped the article into his
+palm. He could see that Mr. Dennison was very
+much affected. Doubtless memories long since
+buried were once more resurrected by the sight
+of that reminder of his once happy past.</p>
+
+<p>Frank wondered whether he would relent and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[187]</a></span>
+decide to let matters drop, or once more demand
+that the constable take them all to the village, to
+be held for trial before the justice.</p>
+
+<p>When he saw the man thrust into his pocket
+the fragment of the tiny shoe, the leather of
+which was now dried up and hard, and then
+frown again at them, Frank expected the worst.</p>
+
+<p>"Since you have also tried to deceive me, after
+robbing my house in this shameless manner," said
+Mr. Dennison, "I believe I shall be only doing
+my duty toward the community if I see to it
+that you are severely punished."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you mean, sir, that you would have us
+arrested?" asked Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"That is exactly my present intention," affirmed
+the other, showing that he was still angry,
+and bent on punishing those he believed to have
+wronged him.</p>
+
+<p>"But you have found your cup again, sir; and
+we still declare on our honor that until you
+picked it up just now none of us has ever set eyes
+on it before."</p>
+
+<p>When Frank said this he found the keen
+orbs of the hermit fastened on his face as though
+the other would read his very soul through the
+windows of the boy's eyes; but not once did
+Frank flinch.</p>
+
+<p>"That is very true, boy," said Mr. Dennison,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[188]</a></span>
+"but I believe in justice, and that it is the wrong
+thing to be too lenient with culprits. When young
+fellows are given to such practices as this
+they need to be brought up with a round turn.
+So I mean to have the constable arrest you
+all!"</p>
+
+<p>To the astonishment of Frank and his three
+companions, just at that moment there was a new
+element injected into the game. Some one hurriedly
+entered the cabin; and somehow Frank
+breathed a little more freely when he recognized
+the newcomer as the young man whom they had
+been able to help while on the way to Cabin
+Point.</p>
+
+<p>It was Gilbert Dennison, the old hermit's
+nephew.</p>
+
+<p>"Please wait a minute before you go to such
+extreme measures, Uncle!" he exclaimed, as he
+hurried to the side of the hermit, whose face lost
+some of its stern expression as he recognized his
+relative.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm glad to see you again, Nephew," he observed;
+"and pleased to give over into your keeping
+the cup you value so highly. I shall insist on
+your taking it back to town with you when you
+go. It has already given me one bad scare, and
+I do not feel able to stand another, with all the
+troubles I already stagger under."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[189]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"But what is this I heard you say about having
+these boys arrested, Uncle?" continued Gilbert.
+"Surely you must believe them when they protest
+their innocence? I have been up at the
+house, and was told about the cup's disappearance;
+also that you had come down here with
+the constable, meaning to have some one taken
+up for the crime. But I hope you will not think
+of doing such a thing now."</p>
+
+<p>"I consider it a sacred duty I owe to the community,
+Nephew," urged the stubborn old hermit.
+"All the circumstances point to one of these
+boys as the culprit, and he should by all means be
+punished. Why should you interfere with my
+designs, Gilbert?"</p>
+
+<p>"Let me tell you, Uncle," burst out Gilbert,
+eagerly. "I owe my life, it may be, to these
+same boys."</p>
+
+<p>"How is this?" asked his uncle, looking somewhat
+bewildered. "They did say they had met
+you while on the way here, but in what fashion
+could they have done you a favor?"</p>
+
+<p>"In my hurry to catch the train after the vehicle
+broke down," explained Gilbert, "I stumbled
+in a very dangerous place on the road, lost
+my footing, and fell over the edge of a precipice.
+I managed to clutch hold a dozen feet down, but
+must in the end have let go and fallen to the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[190]</a></span>
+bottom only for the coming of these boys, who
+rescued me in a remarkably clever and very unusual way."</p>
+
+<p>Bluff gave a satisfied grunt. After all Gilbert
+was a pretty decent sort of fellow, he made up
+his mind; though at the time of the adventure
+Bluff had thought him rather ungrateful to hurry
+away so fast, and not half thank them for all the
+trouble they had taken.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Dennison apparently had reason to believe
+anything his nephew said. That was evident
+from the change that came over his manner. He
+looked at Frank and his three chums again,
+shrugged his shoulders, and then went on to
+remark:</p>
+
+<p>"Of course if that is the case, Nephew, and you
+are indebted to these boys for helping you out of
+a bad fix, I have nothing more to say. Because of
+that they can go free, for all of me; though I
+may live to repent my kindness; because no matter
+how they protest, the fact remains that the
+cup was found under this floor, and I still firmly
+believe they secreted it there."</p>
+
+<p>The kind-hearted constable was grinning as
+he winked at Bluff. It was very evident that the
+new conditions pleased Mr. Jeems; since he was
+relieved from executing a most disagreeable duty.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Dennison told the officer to come outside<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[191]</a></span>
+with him, and Gilbert added that he would join
+his uncle in a minute.</p>
+
+<p>Left in the company of the four chums Gilbert's
+first act was to offer Frank his hand. It
+was done with such a boyish freedom that the
+other eagerly grasped the outstretched hand, and
+squeezed it in return.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course it goes without saying," began the
+college boy, "that I do not believe any one of
+you could do such a thing as steal my cup.
+There's a queer mystery about its being found
+under this floor, and I intend to discover the
+truth before long. In the meantime I hope you'll
+stay here and enjoy yourselves the best way you
+know how."</p>
+
+<p>"And we'd like to see more of you, if you
+expect to stay around here longer," spoke up
+Jerry, impulsively.</p>
+
+<p>"I promise that you shall," assented Gilbert;
+"because I, too, am fond of camping, fishing, and
+all such things; and I can see how my stay up
+here might be prolonged indefinitely, if such a
+jolly set could be found to help kill time."</p>
+
+<p>"Did you win in the golf tournament?" asked
+Bluff, as though to show that they knew about
+his ambition in that sport.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm sorry to say that I came in a poor second
+this time," laughed the other; "and I really be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[192]</a></span>lieve
+it was because I didn't have the kind of
+balls I'm in the habit of using."</p>
+
+<p>This was the opportunity poor anxious Will
+had been waiting for.</p>
+
+<p>"We've got your bag safe and sound here,
+Gilbert!" he exclaimed, springing forward to pick
+the leather receptacle up, for it, too, had been
+closely examined by the constable, acting under
+Mr. Dennison's orders; "and I certainly hope my
+precious Maine films are in the same condition."</p>
+
+<p>"Make your mind easy on that score, my boy,"
+he was told by the other; "although I was terribly
+provoked when first I opened the bag and saw
+them, I understood that the mistake was all
+mine. So I took good care of your films, though
+I had a photographer make me a print from the
+whole bunch. I must say they are some of the
+most interesting pictures I've ever seen. I wanted
+Uncle to admire them, for he, too, is devoted to
+photographic work."</p>
+
+<p>Of course this news caused Will to lose the
+anxious expression that his chums had noticed on
+his face at times.</p>
+
+<p>"The bag I left up at the house," continued
+Gilbert, "but you shall have it in a short time.
+There's uncle calling me, so I'll have to move
+along; but you can expect me again before long,"
+and with that he hurried out of the cabin.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[193]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XX" id="CHAPTER_XX"></a>CHAPTER XX</h2>
+
+<h3>GROPING IN THE DARK</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Well, I feel as weak as a sick cat, after meeting
+with such an adventure as that!" exclaimed
+Jerry, after he and his three chums once more
+found themselves alone in the cabin.</p>
+
+<p>"To think of our being accused of being common,
+every-day thieves!" grumbled the indignant
+Bluff. "Why, it just makes my blood fairly
+boil!"</p>
+
+<p>"But I'm mighty glad to know my films are all
+right," Will burst forth with, and this remark
+showed that this important fact took precedence
+of all others in his mind.</p>
+
+<p>Frank stepped over to the opening where the
+plank had been removed, and glanced down as he
+rubbed his chin reflectively.</p>
+
+<p>"Look here, fellows," he said to the others,
+"all of you saw the hole under this board that
+time we found the coin, the half of an old envelope
+with Mr. Dennison's name on it in faded
+writing, and that baby shoe; isn't it so?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[194]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Of course we did, Frank," assented Jerry;
+"and I want to make my solemn affidavit to the
+fact that there wasn't any gold cup lying there
+then."</p>
+
+<p>"Will, you are just as positive about that as
+Jerry, of course?" continued Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I should say I was!" came the prompt
+reply.</p>
+
+<p>"And you too, Bluff?" Frank went on, evidently
+intending that there should not be a single
+dissenting voice in the group.</p>
+
+<p>Bluff immediately lifted his hand, with the
+fingers stiffened as though he fancied himself on
+the witness stand.</p>
+
+<p>"Give you my word for it, Frank; nothing
+doing," he asserted in his customary vigorous
+manner, that was usually very convincing.</p>
+
+<p>"Gilbert came up to the scratch smiling, didn't
+he?" remarked Jerry; "and I take it he's going to
+turn out a pretty decent sort of a fellow."</p>
+
+<p>"Queer, isn't it," Will was saying, "how chickens
+do come home to roost? When we stopped
+a little while on our way here, and pulled Gilbert
+up by the use of that wild grape-vine, none of us
+ever dreamed he'd be in a position to return the
+favor, and yet see what happened. What's that
+old proverb about the bread thrown to the fishes,
+or something like that?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[195]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"You must mean 'bread cast upon the waters
+will come back again ere many days,'" explained
+Frank, smilingly.</p>
+
+<p>"All right, no matter how it runs, it worked,
+you see," continued Will. "We got Gilbert out,
+and now he has returned the favor."</p>
+
+<p>"Huh! strikes me he kept us from getting in,"
+interrupted Bluff; "because the old gentleman
+seemed bent on ordering Mr. Jeems to arrest us,
+and throw us in the village lockup."</p>
+
+<p>"Luck still seems to hang out with us," ventured
+Jerry; "and you know they say it's a heap
+better to be born lucky than rich. Money may
+fly away, but so long as luck stands back of you
+it's easy to get everything you want."</p>
+
+<p>"But all the same that mystery of the golden
+cup bothers me," said Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, that's a fact," added Jerry. "How in
+the wide world could it ever have come into this
+cabin, when we know it wasn't here a few days
+ago?"</p>
+
+<p>"Mr. Dennison admits it was safe in his house
+until about the day before yesterday," continued
+Frank; and then he cast a sly look out of the tail
+of his eye in the direction of Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>Truth to tell, Frank was just a trifle
+uneasy concerning that member of the little
+party. There was a shadow of a reason why he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[196]</a></span>
+should feel that way, too. He could only too
+easily remember how impulsive Jerry had hinted
+that he felt a great temptation to try to find out
+what the secret of the hermit's house was. At
+the time he expressed this longing Frank had
+taken him severely to task; and Jerry had promised
+faithfully to forego all effort to pry into matters
+that were none of his concern.</p>
+
+<p>Jerry as a rule could be depended on. When
+he gave his word about anything it was as good
+as his bond, and Jerry was proud to declare that.</p>
+
+<p>Frank could not bring himself to believe there
+could be anything in this sudden thought. Even
+if Jerry had crept out in the night-time while his
+chums were fast asleep, how could the boy possibly
+have made his way along the trail to the
+hermit's place, have entered the house and carried
+off the valuable cup, to hide it under the
+cabin floor?</p>
+
+<p>No wonder Frank decided that such an explanation
+of the mystery was impossible. Even if
+they never learned the truth he could not bring
+himself to suspect any of his chums of doing such
+a monstrous thing.</p>
+
+<p>To the surprise and also the consternation of
+Frank, he found that Jerry had noticed his manner,
+and he immediately accused the other.</p>
+
+<p>"I can guess easily enough what you're think<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[197]</a></span>ing,
+Frank," asserted Jerry, with offended dignity
+marked in his manner; "but 'tisn't so, I tell
+you. I never set eyes on that old cup before he
+snatched it up out of that hole."</p>
+
+<p>"No need of your saying that, Jerry," declared
+Frank, "because I believe you are as innocent as
+I can be myself. I only happened to remember
+that you talked of wanting to sneak up there and
+spy around a bit, though you owned it would be
+mean. And I also chance to know that you've
+been around every hour since you came back
+from the village."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm blessed if I can make head or tail out of
+the game," admitted Jerry. "I never was a good
+hand at guessing answers to riddles; and say,
+let me tell you this thing is the toughest nut to
+crack that ever came our way, eh, Frank?"</p>
+
+<p>"It's going to bother us a heap, that's right,
+Jerry."</p>
+
+<p>"But somehow I've got my little hunch, Frank,
+that in the end you'll hit on the answer. It may
+take a lot of time and figuring, but I sure believe
+you can do it."</p>
+
+<p>"It may be Gilbert can help us out," suggested
+Will, just then.</p>
+
+<p>"But how would he know anything about the
+job," objected Bluff, "when he just got back from
+that golf tournament?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[198]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Frank bent down and looked closely into the
+hole.</p>
+
+<p>"All we know for certain is that somebody put
+that gold trophy cup in here," he observed reflectively.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and if the old plank could talk it'd be
+easy for us to get at the truth. But then of
+course that isn't possible," Jerry remarked, with
+a sigh.</p>
+
+<p>"Help me to put the plank back in place again,"
+said Frank, and after this had been done he commenced
+to work at it as if to see whether one
+person could manage to raise the heavy board.</p>
+
+<p>"It can be done, you see," was what Frank
+said, as, managing to get his fingers underneath,
+he raised the plank a little.</p>
+
+<p>"Now what's the line you're figuring on,
+Frank?" demanded Jerry; "because it's as plain to
+me as the nose on my face that you've struck a
+strong clue."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, tell us what it is, won't you, Frank?"
+urged Will.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, listen," the other began to say, slowly,
+as with upraised finger he marked off each point
+in his theory. "Look back a little, Will, to when
+we got home here after our high jinks up in the
+woods. Don't you remember what we discovered
+the first thing?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[199]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Will thereupon uttered an exclamation, while
+his face lighted up with eagerness.</p>
+
+<p>"That's so, Frank!" he exclaimed; "we knew
+somebody had been in here after we started out
+the afternoon before. The door wasn't shut
+close, and a chair lay on its side on the floor.
+Besides that, a number of little things showed
+they had been disturbed. Yes, somebody had
+been in the cabin!"</p>
+
+<p>Jerry gave a shrill cry in which delight could
+be traced.</p>
+
+<p>"It was that person, then, who hid the pesky
+old cup under the loose plank; that goes without
+saying, Frank!" he announced, as though his
+mind was made up to that fact and could not be
+easily changed.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, even if we agree on that," said Bluff,
+"how're we going to learn who the intruder was?
+To tell you the truth, it gets me why a sneak
+thief would steal just that gold loving cup of
+Gilbert's, and then come all the way down here
+to hide it under the floor."</p>
+
+<p>"Frank, you're keeping something back; I can
+see it in your face!" cried Will. "Tell us, do you
+think old Aaron put that cup here himself?"</p>
+
+<p>"Whew! that would be the limit, I should
+say!" gasped Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>All of them waited to hear what Frank would<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[200]</a></span>
+have to say. The leader of the Outdoor Chums
+did not reply hastily, for Frank did not wish to
+commit himself in so grave a matter without due
+consideration. Still, he must have had his mind
+made up fairly well, for presently he started to
+answer.</p>
+
+<p>"Let's see, fellows, how the case stands," he
+told them. "We know that long ago Aaron Dennison
+once lived in this cabin. We also know that
+he probably kept what little money he owned in
+those days down under that loose plank. The
+finding of that old mouldy half dollar points
+toward that. So you see he knew about the
+cavity under the board."</p>
+
+<p>"So far as that goes, Frank," observed Bluff,
+"you could see by the way he had the constable
+raise the plank that he knew. But I was watching
+his face at the time, and let me tell you he
+looked as astonished to see the cup lying there as
+any one of us did, and that means a lot."</p>
+
+<p>"That's what bothers me," admitted Frank;
+"one minute I seem to think Mr. Dennison put
+the cup there; and then again I'm just as certain
+that he believes us guilty of stealing it. We'll
+have to keep trying to find the answer; but just
+now, Jerry, you and Bluff had better get busy
+cleaning those fine bass you hooked, if we mean
+to have them for dinner to-day."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[201]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXI" id="CHAPTER_XXI"></a>CHAPTER XXI</h2>
+
+<h3>AN UNEXPECTED APPEAL</h3>
+
+
+<p>The fish were what Bluff called "gilt-edged."
+Perhaps he was a little prejudiced in the matter,
+because he had had a share in capturing the gamy
+fighters. But there was not a dissenting voice
+when Jerry moved that they pronounce the finny
+denizens of the big lake unequalled for their
+many fine qualities.</p>
+
+<p>That evening, as they sat around taking things
+easy, for it was rather warm and the fire not
+needed, the conversation ranged over a wide field.
+Many events of the past were recalled, one thing
+seeming to lead to another.</p>
+
+<p>Will was fairly bubbling over with joy on
+account of his recent streak of good luck. He
+counted the promised safe return of those precious
+films as a glorious thing.</p>
+
+<p>"Why shouldn't I feel that way?" he expostulated,
+when Bluff took him to task for referring
+to the matter so frequently. "Think of our
+great trip up into the Maine wilderness and the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[202]</a></span>
+many strange things we saw there," he went on,
+referring to matters already related in "The Outdoor
+Chums in the Big Woods." "My pictures
+took a prize, remember; and besides they recall
+the happy days we spent up there last fall."</p>
+
+<p>"Will is right," declared Frank; "and I'm
+almost as glad as he is over the recovery of his
+property; because I know he's got some sort of
+scheme in his mind to enlarge some of those
+same pictures. It couldn't easily be done with
+the negatives lost."</p>
+
+<p>"Before we shake the dust of this section from
+our feet," continued the ardent photographer, "I
+mean to explore every rod of territory around
+here."</p>
+
+<p>"Looking for new and interesting sights, of
+course?" quizzed Bluff.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, because you never do know at what
+minute you may run smack up against the most
+wonderful picture going," pursued Will. "That's
+one reason I'm so keen about traveling over new
+ground. There's always a chance ahead of
+you."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, right here we're bounded on one hand
+by the big water, which cuts off about half your
+chances," suggested Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>"Some time or other you might go to the lake
+shore village," said Bluff; "because if I'm any<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[203]</a></span>
+judge of things you'd find some remarkable characters
+there to snap off."</p>
+
+<p>"You've already got pictures of old Aaron and
+his hermit shell; one of the latter being a cracking
+good snap of the house. How did the other view
+turn out, Will?"</p>
+
+<p>Again that quick look of intelligence passed
+between Frank and Will. They were still of the
+opinion that for the present there was no necessity
+for the other boys to know about the strange
+white face in the barred window of the hermit's
+lonely home.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! it doesn't seem to be quite as clear as the
+one you saw," Will explained. "The sunlight
+didn't strike as well, and there are too many
+shadows. Some time or other when I think of it
+I'll take off a lighter print, which may improve
+the looks of the thing."</p>
+
+<p>Not having the least suspicion there could be
+anything singular connected with that second view
+of the hermit's house, Bluff did not pursue the
+subject any further.</p>
+
+<p>Of course Will had his flashlight working
+again. In roaming around he had found traces
+of a sly fox that made its home amidst some
+rocks, and Will, after more or less hard study,
+believed he could see the regular track taken by
+clever Reynard in coming and going.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[204]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"There's one thing sure," remarked Will,
+proudly, when relating how he had investigated,
+and figured, and found out many things in connection
+with that particular little animal, "this
+hunting with a camera certainly does force a
+fellow to become acquainted with the habits of
+every kind of bird and animal."</p>
+
+<p>"There's no doubt about that, Will," Frank
+immediately assented; "and I warrant right now
+you're in closer touch with Nature ten times over
+than you'd have been if you hadn't taken up this
+fad or hobby."</p>
+
+<p>"I should say so!" continued the enthusiast,
+his face kindling with earnestness. "Why, before
+that I never bothered my head much about the
+habits of foxes, 'coons, squirrels, minks, bobcats,
+or anything that had its hiding-place in the woods
+or in burrows under the rocks. But now I'm
+forever trying to learn new things about the way
+they live, and how they get their food."</p>
+
+<p>"Of course I can understand that," admitted
+Jerry; "us fellows who love to hunt wild game
+have to know a lot about their habits. It's the
+same if you go after the wily black bass&mdash;if
+you're green about his ways you can fish till you
+drop and never get a single bite."</p>
+
+<p>"I've had something to do with both kinds of
+sport," said Frank, seriously; "and I want to say<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[205]</a></span>
+right here that I certainly believe hunting with a
+camera beats the gun business all hollow. You
+get in closer touch with the little animals when
+you're only trying to take their pictures, and not
+harm them. I warrant now Will often counts
+them as his friends, and that they show little fear
+of him."</p>
+
+<p>That launched the camera advocate into a fervent
+description of many meetings with his coy
+subjects, and the tricks he was compelled to resort
+to in order to let them understand he meant
+them no harm.</p>
+
+<p>So the evening passed pleasantly.</p>
+
+<p>There was nothing in the way of a disturbance
+to break in upon their sleep. Will had posted his
+camera trap a full quarter of a mile away, and
+even if it worked at any time during the night
+they would not know it.</p>
+
+<p>The moon arose about the middle of the night,
+but none of the boys had any use for the battered
+lantern in the sky, since they remained under the
+cabin roof until morning broke.</p>
+
+<p>As before, they took a little dip in the cold
+waters of the lake in order to get in good trim for
+a warm day. Then breakfast followed, and was
+heartily enjoyed, although with their healthy
+appetites there was nothing wonderful about
+that.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[206]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Each of them had laid out plans for the morning.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll give the bass a rest for one day," remarked
+Bluff; "because if we make it too common
+the zest of catching and eating them is apt
+to wear away. Besides, I don't believe it's as
+good a morning for fishing as yesterday was.
+Then, we'd have to use that little mosquito netting
+seine, and get some more minnows."</p>
+
+<p>"Last but not least," laughingly added Jerry,
+"the cranky old tub of a boat leaks again like a
+sieve, and some of us ought to get busy patching
+it up while we have a chance."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Will, who of course knew that the
+job would never fall to his share, "I always believe
+in having everything ready beforehand; because
+you never know in what a big hurry it may
+be needed."</p>
+
+<p>Of course Will had hurried out to where his
+camera lay long before he would touch a bite of
+breakfast; he even gave up the early morning
+dip in his anxiety to learn whether the bait had
+been jerked, and the camera made to do its duty.</p>
+
+<p>By this time Will had become quite expert, so
+that there was little danger of what Bluff, taking
+his cue from the golfers, would have called a
+"foozle."</p>
+
+<p>To see the joy written upon his face when he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[207]</a></span>
+came hurrying back to announce almost breathlessly
+that success had rewarded his efforts, one
+might even suspect the boy had never before succeeded
+in photographing a sly fox in this manner.</p>
+
+<p>It was a busy morning for all.</p>
+
+<p>Frank rather expected to see Gilbert, but when
+noon came and the other had not as yet put in an
+appearance he decided that he must be detained
+for good reasons. Perhaps by another day he
+would find it convenient to drop in and see the
+campers at Cabin Point.</p>
+
+<p>"From the way he talked," Bluff remarked,
+when at lunch they were speaking of Mr. Dennison's
+nephew, "I got the notion that Gilbert
+would like to stay over here a spell with us, and
+enjoy some of our doings."</p>
+
+<p>"He did say he was fond of camping, and for
+all we know he may have been around some up in
+Michigan or Wisconsin," suggested Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," added Bluff, a little boastfully, "when
+it comes to experiences I reckon the Outdoor
+Chums don't have to occupy a back seat! We
+might relate some things that would make Gilbert
+sit up and take notice."</p>
+
+<p>"I think he's the kind of fellow who would
+enjoy hearing about the things we've seen and
+done," Frank told them. "I'm glad now I
+brought along my little note-book in which I<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[208]</a></span>
+jotted down many of the things that have happened
+since we first got together and formed the
+'Rod, Gun and Camera Club.'"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and I'm fond of looking over that journal
+of yours myself, Frank," admitted Will. "Of
+course I didn't have as big a part in a whole lot
+of the adventures as the rest of you, but all the
+same they belonged to our crowd."</p>
+
+<p>"And then don't forget, Will," continued
+Frank, "that Mr. Dennison admitted to us he
+was fond of photography. Gilbert said as much,
+too, when he spoke about having a set of your
+Maine pictures printed to show his uncle. You
+may get on good terms with this singular old
+man, and have some mighty pleasant times in his
+company."</p>
+
+<p>"He looks pretty severe," commented Will,
+"but then there's a reason for that, I guess; and
+once he gets thawed out he'll be a different sort.
+Nothing like finding a fellow's pet hobby and
+working it, to make him friendly."</p>
+
+<p>None of them thought to go far away during
+that afternoon. It did not look very promising,
+for clouds could be seen hovering along the horizon,
+the heat was intense, and all of them agreed
+that a storm might creep up.</p>
+
+<p>Their last experience in a storm had been so
+unpleasant that somehow they seemed to shrink<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[209]</a></span>
+involuntarily from a repetition so soon. Later
+on, when the memory became fainter, they might
+again take risks, after the manner of buoyant
+youth the world over.</p>
+
+<p>Bluff and Jerry were pleased with their work
+on the boat. They had taken great pains this
+time, and felt sure the calking was there to stay.
+Still, they contented themselves with planning
+another fishing excursion for the coming morning.
+Bluff had discovered a place where minnows
+were very plentiful, and hence they could be
+assured of a good haul at any time, with but little
+exertion.</p>
+
+<p>The day was nearing an end, and there was
+some talk of getting supper ready when a cry
+from Jerry outside the cabin brought the others
+hurrying forth.</p>
+
+<p>They found him talking with a small boy who
+seemed greatly excited, for his face was peaked
+and white, and terror could be seen in his dilated
+eyes.</p>
+
+<p>Apparently he had hurried in a veritable panic
+through the forest, for he had various scratches
+on his face, and a lump on his forehead showed
+where he had struck a stone after tripping over a
+root or a vine.</p>
+
+<p>Naturally Frank and the other two were at
+once filled with curiosity to know who the boy<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[210]</a></span>
+was, and what had brought him to Cabin Point.
+Jerry had already started to question the panting
+lad, and the other was trying to explain, although
+his words came in jerks and disjointed sentences.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm Sandy Moogs&mdash;my dad's a woodchopper&mdash;workin'
+now up yonder 'bout three miles&mdash;tree
+fell on him&mdash;broke his leg, he reckons&mdash;in a heap
+o' pain&mdash;can't hardly crawl&mdash;knowed you-uns
+was at Cabin Point&mdash;sent me to git help&mdash;he sez
+as how he'll bleed to death by mawnin' if he
+ain't helped&mdash;I hopes as how you'll kim along
+with me&mdash;he's my dad, you know!"</p>
+
+<p>The four exchanged looks when this pitiful
+story was unfolded in gasps. It was a foregone
+conclusion that they would go, for never had the
+Outdoor Chums rejected an appeal for assistance.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[211]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXII" id="CHAPTER_XXII"></a>CHAPTER XXII</h2>
+
+<h3>FIRST AID TO THE INJURED</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Of course we'll all go, Frank!" Bluff was
+saying, almost before the boy who had given his
+name as Sandy Moogs finished speaking.</p>
+
+<p>Frank had to decide without much waste of
+time, and he did so in his customary sensible
+way.</p>
+
+<p>"This woodchopper is probably a pretty husky
+sort of fellow, as most of them are," he said, loud
+enough for the others to hear; "and if he's in
+such a bad shape we may even have to carry him
+all the way here, so as to look after his hurts, and
+keep him out of a storm."</p>
+
+<p>"We could make a litter and carry him, you
+know, Frank," suggested Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>"Just what I had in mind," the other agreed.</p>
+
+<p>"And it would need four to carry a heavy man
+for a long distance," was Will's comment; "so
+that means we must all go along."</p>
+
+<p>"Then we'll call it settled," Frank decided.</p>
+
+<p>"How about supper?" came from Jerry,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[212]</a></span>
+faintly, as though he felt bound to mention such
+an important matter, and yet at the same time
+experienced more or less shame about seeming to
+be greedy.</p>
+
+<p>"Have to wait until we get back," the leader
+announced. "If anybody is near the starving
+point right now let him pick up some crackers to
+munch as he trots along."</p>
+
+<p>No one seemed willing to display such weakness,
+for there was only a rush to get hats and
+coats, while Frank made sure of the camp hatchet
+and some heavy twine, as well as a piece of strong
+canvas that could be used in making the stretcher
+on which the injured woodchopper was to be
+carried.</p>
+
+<p>By this time the small boy had managed to get
+his breath. He looked pleased on discovering
+that the campers meant to respond so handsomely
+to his appeal for aid. It could be plainly seen
+that Sandy cared greatly for his father, and now
+that the prospect of the injured man's being
+assisted had grown brighter, the boy felt greatly
+relieved.</p>
+
+<p>After all, only a brief time elapsed before they
+were ready to start. Frank had of course seen
+to it that Doctor Will carried along some of his
+stock in trade, in the shape of bandages and liniment.
+They would certainly be needed, for the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[213]</a></span>
+boy had assured them that his father was losing
+considerable blood because of his wound.</p>
+
+<p>"You're certain you can take us straight to the
+place, are you, Sandy?" asked Frank, just as
+they were ready to start.</p>
+
+<p>"I shore kin do that same!" replied the sturdy
+little chap. "I was born in the woods, and never
+got lost even onct. I smell my way dark nights."</p>
+
+<p>This last assertion amused Bluff and Jerry, but
+Frank knew what the boy meant. He had been
+given an intuition that never failed him in so far
+as direction was concerned. If asked a question
+in connection with any point of the compass he
+could reply with positive accuracy, and without
+the slightest hesitation.</p>
+
+<p>Watching how he made his way along, Frank
+soon ascertained that the boy was actually leading
+them over the very route he had taken in making
+for Cabin Point. He proved this several times
+by pointing out where he had fallen when an
+unseen vine caught his foot; or made a little
+detour in order to avoid some thorny bushes that
+had scratched his face and hands on the other
+occasion.</p>
+
+<p>One mile, two, had been passed over, and still
+the boy led them on. Sandy had called it about
+three miles, and since he was so remarkably clever
+at woodcraft in so far as direction went, Frank<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[214]</a></span>
+hoped his knowledge of distance might be equally
+accurate.</p>
+
+<p>No one complained. Even Will, who was less
+robust than his mates, and not as accustomed to
+hurrying along through dense woods, shut his
+teeth hard together and persevered. He had been
+sensible enough to leave his camera behind, Frank
+having convinced him that it would be an unnecessary
+burden, for if they had to carry the
+wounded man all that distance back to the cabin
+they would find their hands full without other
+impedimenta.</p>
+
+<p>After more time had elapsed the question was
+put to the boy.</p>
+
+<p>"Are we nearly there now, Sandy?"</p>
+
+<p>"'Most nigh the place," came the prompt reply.
+"This here's the burnin' where the charcoal was
+made last year. On'y a little furder, an' we'll be
+up to dad. And oh! I hopes he's alive yet, I
+shore does!"</p>
+
+<p>Frank of course comforted him the best he
+could.</p>
+
+<p>"Your father is a big strong man, Sandy, and
+like as not he knows something of the way to
+stop some of the bleeding by using a rag twisted
+around a stick and pressed down on the artery.
+Most woodsmen do, I've found. He'll be all
+right, Sandy. And boys, let's all give a loud<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[215]</a></span>
+whoop. It may encourage the poor fellow some
+to know we're coming along."</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly they united their strong young
+voices in a brave shout that could easily have been
+heard half a mile away. Although they listened
+they did not hear a reply. A woodpecker
+screamed as he clung to a rotten treetop; some
+saucy crows scolded and chattered as they craned
+their necks and looked down on the line of passing
+boys; but all else was silence.</p>
+
+<p>Sandy was evidently worried because of this,
+but Frank reassured him.</p>
+
+<p>"He doesn't want to waste what strength he
+has in shouting, Sandy; but three to one we'll
+find him waiting for us to come along. How
+far are we away now?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! it's just over there at t'other side of
+that rise!" gasped the boy.</p>
+
+<p>They pushed quickly on, increasing their pace
+if anything, such was the anxiety they were now
+beginning to share with poor Sandy Moogs, the
+woodchopper's son.</p>
+
+<p>"I see him!" cried sharp-sighted Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>"There, he waved his hand at us, Sandy, so
+you see he's all right!" added Frank, only too
+glad of the opportunity to relieve the pent-up
+feelings of the dutiful son of the injured man.</p>
+
+<p>In another minute they had reached his side.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[216]</a></span>
+Frank and Will began immediately to busy themselves
+with attending to his injury. Bluff and
+Jerry, taking the hatchet, started to hunt for the
+proper kind of poles with which a litter could
+be framed.</p>
+
+<p>Frank instantly saw that the man had suffered
+a serious injury. Not only was the leg broken
+but the flesh had been badly lacerated, and he
+had lost a large amount of blood.</p>
+
+<p>It turned out just as Frank had said, for the
+woodchopper, after Sandy had run away to seek
+aid, had bethought himself of a way to stop some
+of the bleeding. His method of procedure was
+crude, but it had been on the well-known tourniquet
+principle of applying a bandage with the
+knot resting as nearly as possible on the artery
+above the wound, and then by twisting a stout
+stick around and around increasing the pressure
+as far as could be borne.</p>
+
+<p>When Frank saw what he had done he told the
+man his action had likely enough been the means
+of saving his life, for in the two hours that had
+elapsed since the boy left him he might have bled
+to death.</p>
+
+<p>Will of course was quite in his element now.
+If there was one thing in which he excelled besides
+taking pictures it lay along the lines of medicine
+and practical surgery.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[217]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Indeed, Frank himself was only too glad to
+take orders from the other chum at such a time
+as this, although he too knew considerable about
+caring for gunshot wounds, broken bones, and
+such accidental happenings as are apt to occur in
+the woods.</p>
+
+<p>While the two amateur surgeons labored to the
+best of their ability to stop the bleeding, and set
+the broken bones, at least temporarily, Bluff and
+Jerry had taken a little saunter around the place
+looking for stuff that could be utilized in making
+the litter.</p>
+
+<p>"Here's where a hickory tree was cut down a
+year or two back," said the former, finally, "and
+all around the old stump new growth has set in.
+Some of it is as much as an inch or more thick."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and just the sort we want for our litter,"
+Jerry admitted; "so get busy with your hatchet,
+Bluff; and when you feel tired let me have a
+show for my money."</p>
+
+<p>As the camp hatchet was always kept exceedingly
+sharp it bit into those hickory stems "like
+fury," according to Bluff; and one after another
+they fell before the onslaught.</p>
+
+<p>Then the straightest and strongest were selected
+for the outside poles, which must be gripped
+by the four bearers. Across from these, side
+sections were fastened by means of the strong<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[218]</a></span>
+cord. Next came the placing of the strip of
+canvas which had really been fashioned particularly
+for the very use to which it was now being
+put. All around the edges brass eyelets had been
+inserted in the canvas. Through the holes the
+twine was to be run, enclosing a portion of the
+side poles with every loop. This procedure would
+result in giving them a splendid litter.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess Frank was right when he said no
+party should ever come out into the woods without
+carrying along a strip of canvas fixed like
+this one is," Jerry was saying as he laced away
+vigorously, admiring his work as he went along.</p>
+
+<p>"That's right," assented the other; "because
+when it's needed it's always wanted in a big hurry.
+Besides, such a strip can be made useful in many
+ways. If the ground is damp it comes in handy
+when you have to sleep with only a blanket between
+you and the cold earth. In that way it
+takes the place of a rubber poncho."</p>
+
+<p>"There's one thing bad about all this, I'm
+afraid," ventured Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>"I hope now," cried Bluff, "you're not mean
+enough to consider the drain it'll be on our grub
+resources to have two more mouths to feed!
+But there, I take that back, because I know it
+wouldn't be like you even to think that. What
+did you mean, Jerry?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[219]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"It's nearly night as it is, and we'll sure be
+overtaken before we cover a single mile. Think
+of tramping along in the pitch dark carrying a
+man hurt as badly as he is."</p>
+
+<p>"Between you and me I don't believe Frank
+will risk it. We can go as far as possible, and
+when it grows dark pull up. Along about midnight,
+if it stays clear, we ought to have the moon,
+and it'll give us enough light to go on again."</p>
+
+<p>It proved to be just as Bluff had said, for when
+the wounded man had been carefully lifted and
+placed on the litter, with one of the boys ready
+to take hold of each corner, Frank set forth his
+plan.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll do the best we can, fellows, until it gets
+too dark to see well; then we can lie down and
+rest for hours. When the moon gets fully up,
+so that the woods are light again, we'll finish our
+tramp to the cabin. Get that, everybody?"</p>
+
+<p>The woodchopper seemed to be resting fairly
+easily now. Of course he was in great pain and
+often groaned in spite of his close clenched teeth;
+but the strain on his mind had lessened. He felt
+confident that these lads would see him through
+his trouble in some way or other. Their manner
+inspired the utmost confidence.</p>
+
+<p>Again they left it to the boy to lead the way.
+His wonderful instinct made him an infallible<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[220]</a></span>
+guide. Frank would have probably been able
+to fetch up close to the cabin on the Point, but
+there was always a chance of his going astray,
+while Sandy knew no such word as fail when it
+came to "sensing" direction.</p>
+
+<p>The little procession started. As well as they
+could, the four boys bearing the litter kept step
+with one another, since that helped to make the
+jar less noticeable.</p>
+
+<p>It was no child's play carrying that heavy man
+through the darkening forest, for unusual care
+had to be taken constantly, lest a stumble occur
+that would cause him to cry out with sudden
+pain.</p>
+
+<p>Just as Bluff had said, they must have covered
+about a full mile when Frank called a halt, saying
+that it had grown too dark now to continue the
+tramp.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[221]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXIII" id="CHAPTER_XXIII"></a>CHAPTER XXIII</h2>
+
+<h3>A LIGHT IN THE WINDOW</h3>
+
+
+<p>When the halt was made they were almost
+half-way to the cabin on the Point. Bluff grumbled
+because none of them proved to be a modern
+Joshua, able to command the sun to stand still
+for a sufficient time to cover the remaining distance.</p>
+
+<p>"Never mind about that, fellows," Frank observed,
+after laughing heartily at the quaint remark;
+"what we want to do just now is to make
+Moogs here as comfortable as we can, and then
+try to get some rest. All of us are tired, and
+we've still a mile and a half to cover."</p>
+
+<p>"And I want to serve warning right now,"
+Jerry announced, "that the first thing we do when
+we strike camp is to get the fire going, and a big
+pot of coffee boiling. I'm as hungry as a wolf."</p>
+
+<p>Frank found that the injured man was standing
+the trip as well as could be expected. He
+suffered great pain, though at times a sort of
+numbness came over his limb, as often happens.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[222]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Bluff and Jerry had found some dead leaves
+behind a log, and here they decided to settle down.
+Frank and Will had already seen to it that their
+patient was placed upon a bed of leaves, and had
+made things as comfortable as possible for the
+poor fellow.</p>
+
+<p>He seemed to be very grateful, and constantly
+assured them that their kindness would never be
+forgotten, and that he would only too gladly
+repay them if ever it lay in his power.</p>
+
+<p>The small boy, Sandy Moogs, crouched alongside
+his father and seemed happy just to know
+that everything was moving along in a satisfactory
+way.</p>
+
+<p>Frank was more concerned about the weather
+than anything else. There were signs of a brooding
+storm. The low-hanging clouds they had
+noticed in the afternoon close to the western horizon
+might push up and cover the heavens.</p>
+
+<p>That would be a serious thing for them, under
+the present conditions. To be caught afoot in the
+woods far from camp by one of those drenching
+rains was bad enough; but it meant a terrible risk
+to poor Moogs should he be soaked through while
+suffering from such a wound.</p>
+
+<p>Still the time passed and there was no particular
+change in conditions. So long as he could
+see the stars Frank needed no watch to know the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[223]</a></span>
+hour. He knew when the moon would appear in
+the east, as well as which of the bright planets
+would set by that time. All he had to do when
+desirous of knowing how time was passing was
+to observe the stars.</p>
+
+<p>Jerry and Bluff could be heard talking from
+time to time. As for Will, who was close to
+Frank, seeing the other lift his head for a look at
+the sky above, he asked for information.</p>
+
+<p>"What time do you think it is, Frank?" was
+what Will said.</p>
+
+<p>"Close to eleven," was the immediate reply.</p>
+
+<p>"Did you guess that, or are you reading the
+answer in the stars?" continued Will.</p>
+
+<p>"See that bright star a little way above the horizon?"
+asked Frank. "Well, that's Mercury, and
+when it drops out of sight to-night it'll be just
+eleven. When that other brighter planet goes
+down, look for the moon to peep up. That will be
+at twelve-seven, according to the almanac."</p>
+
+<p>"You've certainly got it all down pat,"
+chuckled the other, satisfied that what Frank said
+must be exactly so; for he did not make a practice
+of simply guessing at things.</p>
+
+<p>It happened that when the big star did pass out
+of sight behind the far distant horizon Will was
+watching, being wide awake.</p>
+
+<p>"It's time for the moon to show up, thank<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[224]</a></span>
+goodness!" he was heard to say, whereupon Bluff
+from his bed of dead leaves close by called
+back:</p>
+
+<p>"If you look close you can see the sky lighting
+up over in the northeast a bit. Trouble was you
+didn't remember that in summer the moon makes
+a different sweep, and to do that often rises far
+away from the true east."</p>
+
+<p>They could all see that Bluff spoke truly, and
+that before long the darkness that hung over the
+woods would be partly dispersed. Will had been
+impressed with what the other had said concerning
+the phases of the moon. He made up his
+mind that when he got home again, and could
+find books on astronomy in the town library, he
+would study up on the subject, for it promised to
+be interesting.</p>
+
+<p>They did not start immediately, for it would
+be some time before the light became strong
+enough to be of benefit to them. After the moon
+could be fairly seen the boys sat around and made
+comments that were not at all complimentary to
+the heavenly luminary.</p>
+
+<p>"Wow! looks like she'd been out all night on
+a tear," commented Jerry; "her face is that battered."</p>
+
+<p>"Makes a regular practice of these all-night affairs,
+I reckon," chuckled Bluff; "no wonder she<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[225]</a></span>
+looks so peaked. Nobody can stand that sort of
+life for long and not show it."</p>
+
+<p>"Please quit looking a gift horse in the mouth,"
+pleaded Will. "We're staking a whole lot on
+that same old moon, it seems to me; and you fellows
+are an ungrateful bunch. What if you hurt
+her feelings so she puts her hands over her face,
+in the shape of black clouds? Where would we
+be then, tell me?"</p>
+
+<p>Finally Frank decided that they should start.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course we must use an extra amount of
+care at first," he told them; "and as the moon
+gets higher up the thing will come easier. But be
+careful how you go."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, watch your step!" added Bluff, as he
+reached down to get a good grip on the end of the
+litter pole.</p>
+
+<p>The start was made in fairly good shape, and
+if their movements caused the wounded man new
+pain he managed to repress his groans. Realizing
+the great debt he owed these sterling boys, the
+woodcutter felt that he ought to suppress the
+signs of suffering, at least as much as he possibly
+could.</p>
+
+<p>Frank watched to see with what confidence little
+Sandy again started in the lead. He was immediately
+convinced that there need be not the
+least anxiety concerning his ability to serve as a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[226]</a></span>
+true guide. The instinct was born in him; if
+asked how he picked out his course he could never
+have explained save by saying he <i>knew</i> it, and
+that was all.</p>
+
+<p>When they had covered about a mile Frank
+called for a rest. He felt sure Will in particular
+must be getting weak and weary with all this
+strenuous work, to which he was quite unaccustomed.</p>
+
+<p>Sandy had offered to lend a hand, but was told
+to stick to his post as guide.</p>
+
+<p>"It's a more important service you can render
+leading us straight, than the little help you could
+give lifting," Frank told the boy when, for the
+third time, Sandy offered to relieve Will.</p>
+
+<p>"We ought to get there on the next turn," decided
+Bluff.</p>
+
+<p>Jerry was sniffing the night air.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, it seems to me," he remarked, blandly,
+"that I can just smell the lake, and according to
+my guess it can't be more than half a mile away."</p>
+
+<p>They waited to rest for about ten minutes.
+Then as Bluff and Jerry began to manifest signs
+of restlessness Frank gave the order to move
+along once more. Will declared that he felt able
+to keep on for a time, long enough, probably, to
+take them over the remainder of the ground.</p>
+
+<p>There were numerous occasions when one or<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[227]</a></span>
+another stumbled, for with poor illumination it
+was not always possible to see small obstructions.
+Once or twice the man on the litter groaned, and
+at such times the boys took themselves to task
+with fresh energy, afterwards trying more than
+ever to avoid all such petty pitfalls.</p>
+
+<p>"Pretty nearly there, I guess!" said Jerry, who
+felt sure he had recognized some of the surrounding
+woods, although they looked different to him
+in the weird moonlight from their usual seeming
+in broad day.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll break out of the trees inside of five
+minutes," prophesied Bluff, going his chum one
+better, since he set the time, which Jerry had not.</p>
+
+<p>"Make it seven and I'm with you," Frank told
+them, knowing that a certain amount of chatter
+would be apt to make them forget their weariness.</p>
+
+<p>"I even thought just then I could hear water
+lapping upon the shore, Frank," remarked Will.</p>
+
+<p>"That was what you heard, because I caught it
+too," he was assured by the one in whom Will
+placed such confidence.</p>
+
+<p>"Be ready, then, to see our old cabin as soon
+as we get to the edge of these woods," remarked
+Frank; "everybody watch, and see who's the first
+to call out. Of course you two fellows ahead
+have the best chance."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[228]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Shortly afterwards Jerry broke out again.</p>
+
+<p>"Frank, there's the water through the trees!"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and with the moonlight playing across it
+like a pathway of silver," added Will, who was a
+little inclined to be poetical.</p>
+
+<p>"Home, sweet home," sighed Bluff; "be it ever
+so lowly there's no place like home."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! quit that, Bluff!" urged Jerry. "Don't
+you know you'll make us want to quit Cabin Point
+and hike for our real homes. Just let's keep
+thinking of what a spread we're in for, once I get
+started hustling the supper along. Wow! in
+fancy I can see it now, with the coffee-pot boiling
+on the hob and&mdash;holy smoke! Frank, what
+does this mean now?"</p>
+
+<p>"Tell us what's happened!" demanded Will,
+beginning to show signs of excitement, as Jerry
+came to a full stop.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, there's our cabin; can't you see, fellows&mdash;and
+as sure as you live somebody's inside it, because
+the light is shining through the window
+where that wooden shutter can't be coaxed to
+close tight. Now I wonder what that funny business
+stands for."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[229]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXIV" id="CHAPTER_XXIV"></a>CHAPTER XXIV</h2>
+
+<h3>THE MYSTERY SOLVED</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Yes, it's a light, that's what it is!" Bluff was
+heard to mutter.</p>
+
+<p>"This is certainly a queer piece of business, as
+you say, Jerry," admitted Frank.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! I hope now it isn't a messenger from
+home with bad news! That would upset all our
+plans. And my mother wasn't feeling just up
+to the mark when I left home, either," cried Will.</p>
+
+<p>Will's mother was a widow, and he had a twin
+sister named Violet. The three of them lived by
+themselves in one of the most substantial and
+beautiful houses in Centerville; so the boy's sudden
+sense of anxiety could be easily understood.
+He was really the man of the house, and often
+felt his conscience stab him when he left his
+mother and Violet alone.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! stow that, Will!" urged the more practical
+Jerry. "It isn't going to turn out as bad as
+that. How do we know but that they do have
+hoboes up this way, and that the tramps have<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[230]</a></span>
+taken a shine to our bunks? Frank, what shall
+we do?"</p>
+
+<p>Of course they looked to Frank to decide;
+but as he was used to doing more than his share
+of the planning for the crowd, he thought nothing
+of this request.</p>
+
+<p>"First of all, let's put the litter down gently,"
+he proposed.</p>
+
+<p>"That's right, boys," said the wounded man,
+"don't ye bother any 'bout me, but look after yer
+own 'fairs first. I'll get on all right, with Sandy
+hyar to stand by and keer for me."</p>
+
+<p>They were very careful as they put the
+stretcher down, for only too well did they know
+how the wretched occupant suffered from any
+jolt. This having been accomplished successfully,
+the four chums were ready to take the next step.</p>
+
+<p>"Now we'll go on and see what it all means,"
+said Frank.</p>
+
+<p>He managed to control his voice so that none
+of the others could discern any undue emotion;
+yet truth to tell Frank was more worried than
+he would have cared to admit.</p>
+
+<p>What Will had voiced was in fact the very fear
+that had flashed upon him. They had left word
+at home for a messenger to be sent up after them
+should sickness or accident overtake any of those
+left behind. And it seemed at least reasonable to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[231]</a></span>
+believe that something of the kind had happened.</p>
+
+<p>As the boys advanced eagerly though noiselessly
+they were keyed up to the top notch of
+excitement.</p>
+
+<p>When he dropped his end of the stretcher Bluff
+discovered a stout club lying on the ground. It
+answered his present needs admirably, and accordingly
+the boy snatched it up with a sense of
+exhilaration. To himself Bluff was muttering:</p>
+
+<p>"Tramps, hey? Measley hoboes roosting in
+our nice shack, are they? Well now, let me just
+get a whack at the same with this bully home-run
+bat, and if I don't make 'em sick of their job
+you can take my head for a football. Tramps,
+hey? Wow! Count me in the deal, will you? I
+just eat tramps!"</p>
+
+<p>Frank led the way from long habit. It was
+perhaps the same training that kept Bluff and
+Jerry just at the heels of the pilot, although they
+were in a fever to make faster time.</p>
+
+<p>So far as they could see there was no sign of
+life about the old cabin, only the light shining
+through that gap in the wooden window shutter.
+If a party of vagrants had indeed taken possession
+of the place they were wonderfully quiet.
+Not a sound smote the stillness of the night.</p>
+
+<p>Presently, however, from some tree not far
+away a whippoorwill suddenly sent out his vo<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[232]</a></span>ciferous
+notes, complaining again and again of
+the severe punishment "poor Will" might expect.
+The cabin was now close at hand. Frank could
+see that the door was ajar, as though inviting
+the passerby to enter without the formality of
+knocking.</p>
+
+<p>"Huh!" Bluff was heard to grumble, as he,
+too, discovered this fact.</p>
+
+<p>Approaching the window, Frank leaned forward
+and took a first peep. He did not say a
+single word, although very much surprised at
+what he saw; but simply made room for Will,
+who in turn moved slightly on so that the others
+might also see.</p>
+
+<p>The wooden shutter, which had been repaired
+as well as possible, even when closed left a slight
+gap, and through this hole it was possible for one
+outside to survey the whole interior of the cabin.</p>
+
+<p>A single figure sat in the most comfortable
+chair the cabin boasted. The lantern had been
+lighted, and hung so that its rays illuminated the
+interior of the place fairly well.</p>
+
+<p>None of the boys had the slightest difficulty in
+recognizing the person they were looking at
+through the window. It was Gilbert Dennison.</p>
+
+<p>Somehow or other it seemed that none of the
+chums had once considered Gilbert when trying
+to guess who could be in the cabin. When they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[233]</a></span>
+now discovered him sitting there, and apparently
+waiting for them to come in, a great load seemed
+to be lifted from their hearts.</p>
+
+<p>At least poor anxious Will was heard to give
+a long sigh of relief. His worst fears were dissipated
+when instead of some messenger from
+Centerville he discovered Gilbert Dennison sitting
+there, watching and waiting.</p>
+
+<p>Frank was also well pleased at the discovery.
+At the same time there flashed into his mind a
+conviction that it must be something beyond the
+ordinary desire to visit them that had brought
+Gilbert there.</p>
+
+<p>None of the boys paid quite as much attention
+to secrecy as before. It was different now, since
+they knew a friend occupied their cabin, and not
+a party of dusty tramps, who had been making
+free with their supplies.</p>
+
+<p>Apparently the sound of their footsteps must
+have reached the ears of the one inside, for as
+Frank pushed back the door he found Gilbert on
+his feet. Also, he seemed to be crouching there
+as much in the shadows as possible; and really
+his whole attitude struck Frank as astonishing.</p>
+
+<p>As Frank and then Bluff, Jerry and Will
+pushed into the cabin Gilbert looked at first a
+little surprised and disappointed; but he instantly<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[234]</a></span>
+raised his hand to indicate silence, and at the
+same time pressed a finger on his lips.</p>
+
+<p>These mysterious actions astonished the four
+chums. They stared as though they found it difficult
+to believe their eyes.</p>
+
+<p>"Gee whiz! what next?" Bluff was muttering,
+as though things were happening so rapidly that
+almost any sort of surprise could be expected.</p>
+
+<p>Frank pushed forward.</p>
+
+<p>"Glad to see you here, but what's up, Gilbert?"
+he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Please speak in a whisper when you have to
+talk, Frank," replied the other.</p>
+
+<p>"All right," said Frank, doing as he was told,
+"but please explain what it all means, for we've
+got a wounded man outside, who had his leg
+broken by a tree he was dropping, and we wish
+to bring him in here to make him easy."</p>
+
+<p>"It'll all be over in a short time, I should
+think," continued Gilbert; "for he ought to be
+here any minute now."</p>
+
+<p>"Who do you mean?" asked Bluff, like most
+boys caring naught for grammatical rules when
+far away from the school room.</p>
+
+<p>"My uncle!" replied Gilbert.</p>
+
+<p>"But why under the sun is Mr. Dennison coming
+down here to the cabin, and at midnight,
+too?" asked Jerry.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[235]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"That's just it," replied the visitor at the cabin.
+"I've known for some time that Uncle Aaron is
+a sleep-walker, you see."</p>
+
+<p>Frank had already grasped the meaning of
+the situation, but Bluff was still groping in the
+dark. He proved this by asking:</p>
+
+<p>"But what would your old uncle wander down
+here for in his sleep, Gilbert, when it must be all
+of half a mile anyway, and over a crooked trail?"</p>
+
+<p>"I'll tell you what I think," replied the other,
+in a very low tone. "You see, he understands
+that I set great store on that gold cup I won, and
+which I brought up here with me when I came.
+He had it on his mind after I went away, being
+afraid some one would steal it."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! now I get what you mean," whispered
+Bluff. "In his sleep he took a notion to try to
+hide the thing where no one would find it. And
+since he used that cavity under the floor to keep
+his savings in long years ago, somehow he just
+wandered down here the one night we were all
+away, and put the cup there."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and knew nothing about it when he
+came to search the cabin later on," explained
+Gilbert. "But keep still, everybody, for I really
+think I saw him coming out there in the open
+before the door. Please don't say a word, but
+just watch!"</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[236]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXV" id="CHAPTER_XXV"></a>CHAPTER XXV</h2>
+
+<h3>CONCLUSION</h3>
+
+
+<p>It was an exciting time when Gilbert and
+the four chums stood there as silent as ghosts,
+and waited for the arrival of the sleep-walker.
+Perhaps a dozen seconds had passed when there
+was a rustle and a sigh at the open door. Then
+a figure stalked in.</p>
+
+<p>They could see that it was Aaron Dennison.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Dennison walked straight over to where
+that loose plank lay. He did not show the slightest
+sign of hesitancy, but stooping down placed
+some object on the floor, after which he began
+to raise the plank as though familiar with its
+working.</p>
+
+<p>No wonder the boys stared, and Bluff chuckled
+softly, when they saw the object so carefully
+deposited on the floor by the man who walked in
+his sleep.</p>
+
+<p>It was the golden cup, won in the amateur golf
+tournament by Gilbert Dennison!</p>
+
+<p>They watched him lift the plank, and then<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[237]</a></span>
+quickly place the cup in the hole underneath;
+after this he gently lowered the board, patted it
+affectionately, and arose to his feet as if to go.</p>
+
+<p>Frank was more than satisfied. The mystery
+had been explained in a fashion that left not a
+shred of doubt behind.</p>
+
+<p>At the same time Frank found himself wondering
+what Gilbert would do next. To convince
+Mr. Dennison that he himself was wholly to
+blame, it would seem to be the proper thing to
+awaken him before he quitted the cabin, and
+show him the cup nestling under the plank.</p>
+
+<p>Frank dimly remembered reading that it was
+not a wise thing to arouse a sleep-walker suddenly;
+he understood that the sudden shock had
+a tendency to affect the brain. Apparently Gilbert
+did not know this, for he stepped forward
+and reaching out caught hold of the old man's
+arm, shaking it as he called:</p>
+
+<p>"Wake up, Uncle Aaron, wake up!"</p>
+
+<p>They saw the sleeper give a tremendous start.
+Then he stared first at Gilbert, and then around
+him as though dazed.</p>
+
+<p>"It's I, Uncle, and you've been up to your old
+tricks again, walking in your sleep," the young
+fellow told him. "Yes, no wonder you look as
+if you could hardly believe your eyes; for you've
+wandered down to the old cabin on the Point<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[238]</a></span>
+And, Uncle, what do you think we saw you
+doing?"</p>
+
+<p>As he said this Gilbert in turn suddenly
+stooped, and managing to get the loose plank up
+he pushed it aside. When he picked up the
+golden cup and held it before the eyes of the old
+gentleman, Bluff could hardly keep from bursting
+into laughter, the look of astonishment on Mr.
+Dennison's face was so ludicrous.</p>
+
+<p>"Did I bring that cup here, and stow it away
+again in that hole, Gilbert?" he demanded.</p>
+
+<p>"You certainly did, Uncle," he was told.</p>
+
+<p>"Then it stands to reason that I must have
+been guilty on that other occasion, too,
+Nephew?" faltered the old hermit.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course you were, Uncle. Don't you see,
+you worried over having the cup there on your
+hands; and in your sleep you must have dreamed
+about the old place here under the floor where
+you once used to hide things. And down you
+came all the way. It happened that the boys
+were all away on that night after the storm;
+isn't it so, fellows?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Frank, "Will here and I were
+caught up in the woods, and slept under a shelf
+of rock, while Bluff and Jerry stayed at the village,
+where they met the constable, Mr. Jeems.
+So the cabin was not occupied at all that night."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[239]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"And we knew somebody must have been in
+here," spoke up Will, "because the door wasn't
+closed as we left it, a chair had been pushed
+over, and some other things were disturbed. It
+was a great mystery to all of us, sir."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Dennison proved himself equal to the occasion.
+The look of consternation on his face
+had now given way to one of friendliness.</p>
+
+<p>"Then I can plainly see how I have wronged
+these boys by accusing them of this mysterious
+taking of the golden cup," he said, frankly. "I
+trust all of you will forgive me, and that Gilbert
+will some time or other fetch you up to see me.
+I want particularly to become better acquainted
+with the one who is interested in wild animal
+photography."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Dennison whispered a few sentences to
+his nephew. Evidently he must have been telling
+Gilbert that he was at liberty to explain certain
+sad things connected with his past life, when the
+occasion arose, so that the boys would understand
+just why, for all his money, he lived in such a
+lonely place.</p>
+
+<p>Then he said he must go, and asked Gilbert to
+accompany him.</p>
+
+<p>"Be sure and bring that precious golden cup
+of yours," he told the other. "We'll have to find
+a safe place to keep it, if I'm going to have any<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[240]</a></span>
+sound sleep after this. At my age I cannot afford
+to take chances of meeting with some accident
+when wandering around the woods at night-time.
+Good-bye, lads, and remember I shall hope to
+have you take supper with me some evening soon,
+when we can get better acquainted."</p>
+
+<p>After Mr. Dennison and Gilbert had departed
+Frank thought again of the injured woodcutter,
+and, hastening out, they soon had him under the
+roof of the cabin.</p>
+
+<p>In the morning it was decided that, as the
+weather seemed promising, two of them had better
+start for the village with the wounded man
+and Sandy. The boat was now in extra-good
+shape, and seemed hardly to leak a drop. Besides,
+the sooner Moogs was placed under the care of
+an experienced surgeon the better. Frank did
+not want to be responsible for the consequences
+any more than seemed absolutely necessary.</p>
+
+<p>In time the injured woodcutter recovered from
+his severe wound; and the boys afterwards received
+a letter from Sandy, in which the boy
+tried hard to express the heavy obligations under
+which he and his "dad" felt themselves bound to
+the Outdoor Chums.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon Gilbert came down to see
+them, and stayed over night.</p>
+
+<p>As they sat around after supper and exchanged<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[241]</a></span>
+confidences the boys learned of the tragedy that
+had taken place in the life of Aaron Dennison.
+It fully explained the mystery hovering over his
+enclosed estate.</p>
+
+<p>He had had a single child, as the poor fragment
+of a baby shoe had informed Frank; but
+the little fellow had been taken away from them.
+The wife and mother had never been the same
+after that, though for years she continued to
+be the faithful partner of the man, as he fought
+his way up in the world.</p>
+
+<p>In the end she entirely lost her reason, and Mr.
+Dennison, unwilling that the one he loved so
+fondly should be placed in even the best asylum,
+had conceived the idea of building this home far
+removed from civilization.</p>
+
+<p>Here the poor lady lived attended by a trusty
+nurse day and night. There were bars across
+the windows of her sleeping chamber, because of
+late she had developed a mania for wanting to
+leap from a height and hence they had to take all
+precautions.</p>
+
+<p>No doubt she imagined herself a prisoner, and
+seeing the boys below, she had waved her handkerchief
+to them, and also had made gestures with
+her hands as though invoking their aid.</p>
+
+<p>Of course Frank assured Gilbert that when
+they came up to take supper with his uncle not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[242]</a></span>
+a word would be said on that painful subject.
+Even if they heard that pitiful wailing cry they
+would pretend that it was the screech of a strutting
+peacock, as once they had really believed.</p>
+
+<p>After that the Outdoor Chums found each
+day bringing new pleasures. They went up to
+see Mr. Dennison, not only once but many times,
+for the old hermit soon found himself deeply interested
+in the boys. He asked a thousand questions
+concerning the things connected with their
+past, and seemed never to tire of listening while
+these little adventurous happenings were being
+narrated.</p>
+
+<p>The glorious days slipped away and finally the
+day arrived when they must say good-bye to
+Cabin Point and all its happy associations.</p>
+
+<p>Will had a large number of splendid pictures
+to carry back; and all the boys would often think
+of the happy times spent at the big lake.</p>
+
+<p>Other events would undoubtedly cross their
+path, but in reviewing the strenuous past Frank
+and his Outdoor Chums would always remember
+with deepest interest the mystery of the golden
+cup, and how strangely it was solved while they
+were in camp at Cabin Point.</p>
+
+
+<h3>THE END</h3>
+
+
+
+<hr class="hr1" />
+<h2>Darewell Chums<br />
+
+SERIES</h2>
+
+<h2><i>By</i> ALLEN CHAPMAN</h2>
+
+<hr class="hr1" />
+
+
+<ul>
+<li>The Heroes of the School</li>
+<li> Ned Wilding's Disappearance</li>
+<li> Frank Roscoe's Secret</li>
+<li> Fenn Masterson's Discovery</li>
+<li> Bart Keene's Hunting Days</li>
+</ul>
+
+
+<hr class="hr1" />
+
+<p class="blockquot">Up and doing from the word go are these "Darewell
+Chums," a group of boys who stick together
+thru thick and thin; thru high adventure and
+scrapes. On the field of sport and in the broader
+field of life, their comradeship persists. There are
+several mysteries interwoven thru these tales that
+baffle the most astute. To follow the fortunes of
+"The Darewell Chums," prepare for an exciting
+journey in Bookland.</p>
+
+<hr class="hr1" />
+
+
+<h3>The Goldsmith Publishing Co.</h3>
+
+<h3>CLEVELAND, O.</h3>
+
+<hr class="hr1" />
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Outdoor Chums at Cabin Point, by Quincy Allen
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE OUTDOOR CHUMS AT CABIN POINT ***
+
+***** This file should be named 19743-h.htm or 19743-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/1/9/7/4/19743/
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Sankar Viswanathan, and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/19743-h/images/image_01.jpg b/19743-h/images/image_01.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d1fffb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/19743-h/images/image_01.jpg
Binary files differ